Merge "MediawikiUI: Introduce mw-ui-icon-large"
[lhc/web/wiklou.git] / includes / DefaultSettings.php
1 <?php
2 /**
3 * Default values for MediaWiki configuration settings.
4 *
5 *
6 * NEVER EDIT THIS FILE
7 *
8 *
9 * To customize your installation, edit "LocalSettings.php". If you make
10 * changes here, they will be lost on next upgrade of MediaWiki!
11 *
12 * In this file, variables whose default values depend on other
13 * variables are set to false. The actual default value of these variables
14 * will only be set in Setup.php, taking into account any custom settings
15 * performed in LocalSettings.php.
16 *
17 * Documentation is in the source and on:
18 * https://www.mediawiki.org/wiki/Manual:Configuration_settings
19 *
20 * @warning Note: this (and other things) will break if the autoloader is not
21 * enabled. Please include includes/AutoLoader.php before including this file.
22 *
23 * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
24 * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
25 * the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or
26 * (at your option) any later version.
27 *
28 * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
29 * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
30 * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
31 * GNU General Public License for more details.
32 *
33 * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along
34 * with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation, Inc.,
35 * 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301, USA.
36 * http://www.gnu.org/copyleft/gpl.html
37 *
38 * @file
39 */
40
41 /**
42 * @defgroup Globalsettings Global settings
43 */
44
45 /**
46 * @cond file_level_code
47 * This is not a valid entry point, perform no further processing unless
48 * MEDIAWIKI is defined
49 */
50 if ( !defined( 'MEDIAWIKI' ) ) {
51 echo "This file is part of MediaWiki and is not a valid entry point\n";
52 die( 1 );
53 }
54
55 /** @endcond */
56
57 /**
58 * wgConf hold the site configuration.
59 * Not used for much in a default install.
60 * @since 1.5
61 */
62 $wgConf = new SiteConfiguration;
63
64 /**
65 * Registry of factory functions to create config objects:
66 * The 'main' key must be set, and the value should be a valid
67 * callable.
68 * @since 1.23
69 */
70 $wgConfigRegistry = [
71 'main' => 'GlobalVarConfig::newInstance'
72 ];
73
74 /**
75 * MediaWiki version number
76 * @since 1.2
77 */
78 $wgVersion = '1.30.0-alpha';
79
80 /**
81 * Name of the site. It must be changed in LocalSettings.php
82 */
83 $wgSitename = 'MediaWiki';
84
85 /**
86 * When the wiki is running behind a proxy and this is set to true, assumes that the proxy exposes
87 * the wiki on the standard ports (443 for https and 80 for http).
88 * @var bool
89 * @since 1.26
90 */
91 $wgAssumeProxiesUseDefaultProtocolPorts = true;
92
93 /**
94 * URL of the server.
95 *
96 * @par Example:
97 * @code
98 * $wgServer = 'http://example.com';
99 * @endcode
100 *
101 * This is usually detected correctly by MediaWiki. If MediaWiki detects the
102 * wrong server, it will redirect incorrectly after you save a page. In that
103 * case, set this variable to fix it.
104 *
105 * If you want to use protocol-relative URLs on your wiki, set this to a
106 * protocol-relative URL like '//example.com' and set $wgCanonicalServer
107 * to a fully qualified URL.
108 */
109 $wgServer = WebRequest::detectServer();
110
111 /**
112 * Canonical URL of the server, to use in IRC feeds and notification e-mails.
113 * Must be fully qualified, even if $wgServer is protocol-relative.
114 *
115 * Defaults to $wgServer, expanded to a fully qualified http:// URL if needed.
116 * @since 1.18
117 */
118 $wgCanonicalServer = false;
119
120 /**
121 * Server name. This is automatically computed by parsing the bare
122 * hostname out of $wgCanonicalServer. It should not be customized.
123 * @since 1.24
124 */
125 $wgServerName = false;
126
127 /************************************************************************//**
128 * @name Script path settings
129 * @{
130 */
131
132 /**
133 * The path we should point to.
134 * It might be a virtual path in case with use apache mod_rewrite for example.
135 *
136 * This *needs* to be set correctly.
137 *
138 * Other paths will be set to defaults based on it unless they are directly
139 * set in LocalSettings.php
140 */
141 $wgScriptPath = '/wiki';
142
143 /**
144 * Whether to support URLs like index.php/Page_title These often break when PHP
145 * is set up in CGI mode. PATH_INFO *may* be correct if cgi.fix_pathinfo is set,
146 * but then again it may not; lighttpd converts incoming path data to lowercase
147 * on systems with case-insensitive filesystems, and there have been reports of
148 * problems on Apache as well.
149 *
150 * To be safe we'll continue to keep it off by default.
151 *
152 * Override this to false if $_SERVER['PATH_INFO'] contains unexpectedly
153 * incorrect garbage, or to true if it is really correct.
154 *
155 * The default $wgArticlePath will be set based on this value at runtime, but if
156 * you have customized it, having this incorrectly set to true can cause
157 * redirect loops when "pretty URLs" are used.
158 * @since 1.2.1
159 */
160 $wgUsePathInfo = ( strpos( PHP_SAPI, 'cgi' ) === false ) &&
161 ( strpos( PHP_SAPI, 'apache2filter' ) === false ) &&
162 ( strpos( PHP_SAPI, 'isapi' ) === false );
163
164 /**
165 * The extension to append to script names by default.
166 *
167 * Some hosting providers used PHP 4 for *.php files, and PHP 5 for *.php5.
168 * This variable was provided to support those providers.
169 *
170 * @since 1.11
171 * @deprecated since 1.25; support for '.php5' has been phased out of MediaWiki
172 * proper. Backward-compatibility can be maintained by configuring your web
173 * server to rewrite URLs. See RELEASE-NOTES for details.
174 */
175 $wgScriptExtension = '.php';
176
177 /**@}*/
178
179 /************************************************************************//**
180 * @name URLs and file paths
181 *
182 * These various web and file path variables are set to their defaults
183 * in Setup.php if they are not explicitly set from LocalSettings.php.
184 *
185 * These will relatively rarely need to be set manually, unless you are
186 * splitting style sheets or images outside the main document root.
187 *
188 * In this section, a "path" is usually a host-relative URL, i.e. a URL without
189 * the host part, that starts with a slash. In most cases a full URL is also
190 * acceptable. A "directory" is a local file path.
191 *
192 * In both paths and directories, trailing slashes should not be included.
193 *
194 * @{
195 */
196
197 /**
198 * The URL path to index.php.
199 *
200 * Defaults to "{$wgScriptPath}/index.php".
201 */
202 $wgScript = false;
203
204 /**
205 * The URL path to load.php.
206 *
207 * Defaults to "{$wgScriptPath}/load.php".
208 * @since 1.17
209 */
210 $wgLoadScript = false;
211
212 /**
213 * The URL path of the skins directory.
214 * Defaults to "{$wgResourceBasePath}/skins".
215 * @since 1.3
216 */
217 $wgStylePath = false;
218 $wgStyleSheetPath = &$wgStylePath;
219
220 /**
221 * The URL path of the skins directory. Should not point to an external domain.
222 * Defaults to "{$wgScriptPath}/skins".
223 * @since 1.17
224 */
225 $wgLocalStylePath = false;
226
227 /**
228 * The URL path of the extensions directory.
229 * Defaults to "{$wgResourceBasePath}/extensions".
230 * @since 1.16
231 */
232 $wgExtensionAssetsPath = false;
233
234 /**
235 * Filesystem extensions directory.
236 * Defaults to "{$IP}/extensions".
237 * @since 1.25
238 */
239 $wgExtensionDirectory = "{$IP}/extensions";
240
241 /**
242 * Filesystem stylesheets directory.
243 * Defaults to "{$IP}/skins".
244 * @since 1.3
245 */
246 $wgStyleDirectory = "{$IP}/skins";
247
248 /**
249 * The URL path for primary article page views. This path should contain $1,
250 * which is replaced by the article title.
251 *
252 * Defaults to "{$wgScript}/$1" or "{$wgScript}?title=$1",
253 * depending on $wgUsePathInfo.
254 */
255 $wgArticlePath = false;
256
257 /**
258 * The URL path for the images directory.
259 * Defaults to "{$wgScriptPath}/images".
260 */
261 $wgUploadPath = false;
262
263 /**
264 * The filesystem path of the images directory. Defaults to "{$IP}/images".
265 */
266 $wgUploadDirectory = false;
267
268 /**
269 * Directory where the cached page will be saved.
270 * Defaults to "{$wgUploadDirectory}/cache".
271 */
272 $wgFileCacheDirectory = false;
273
274 /**
275 * The URL path of the wiki logo. The logo size should be 135x135 pixels.
276 * Defaults to "$wgResourceBasePath/resources/assets/wiki.png".
277 */
278 $wgLogo = false;
279
280 /**
281 * Array with URL paths to HD versions of the wiki logo. The scaled logo size
282 * should be under 135x155 pixels.
283 * Only 1.5x and 2x versions are supported.
284 *
285 * @par Example:
286 * @code
287 * $wgLogoHD = [
288 * "1.5x" => "path/to/1.5x_version.png",
289 * "2x" => "path/to/2x_version.png"
290 * ];
291 * @endcode
292 *
293 * @since 1.25
294 */
295 $wgLogoHD = false;
296
297 /**
298 * The URL path of the shortcut icon.
299 * @since 1.6
300 */
301 $wgFavicon = '/favicon.ico';
302
303 /**
304 * The URL path of the icon for iPhone and iPod Touch web app bookmarks.
305 * Defaults to no icon.
306 * @since 1.12
307 */
308 $wgAppleTouchIcon = false;
309
310 /**
311 * Value for the referrer policy meta tag.
312 * One of 'never', 'default', 'origin', 'always'. Setting it to false just
313 * prevents the meta tag from being output.
314 * See https://www.w3.org/TR/referrer-policy/ for details.
315 *
316 * @since 1.25
317 */
318 $wgReferrerPolicy = false;
319
320 /**
321 * The local filesystem path to a temporary directory. This is not required to
322 * be web accessible.
323 *
324 * When this setting is set to false, its value will be set through a call
325 * to wfTempDir(). See that methods implementation for the actual detection
326 * logic.
327 *
328 * Developers should use the global function wfTempDir() instead of this
329 * variable.
330 *
331 * @see wfTempDir()
332 * @note Default changed to false in MediaWiki 1.20.
333 */
334 $wgTmpDirectory = false;
335
336 /**
337 * If set, this URL is added to the start of $wgUploadPath to form a complete
338 * upload URL.
339 * @since 1.4
340 */
341 $wgUploadBaseUrl = '';
342
343 /**
344 * To enable remote on-demand scaling, set this to the thumbnail base URL.
345 * Full thumbnail URL will be like $wgUploadStashScalerBaseUrl/e/e6/Foo.jpg/123px-Foo.jpg
346 * where 'e6' are the first two characters of the MD5 hash of the file name.
347 * If $wgUploadStashScalerBaseUrl is set to false, thumbs are rendered locally as needed.
348 * @since 1.17
349 */
350 $wgUploadStashScalerBaseUrl = false;
351
352 /**
353 * To set 'pretty' URL paths for actions other than
354 * plain page views, add to this array.
355 *
356 * @par Example:
357 * Set pretty URL for the edit action:
358 * @code
359 * 'edit' => "$wgScriptPath/edit/$1"
360 * @endcode
361 *
362 * There must be an appropriate script or rewrite rule in place to handle these
363 * URLs.
364 * @since 1.5
365 */
366 $wgActionPaths = [];
367
368 /**@}*/
369
370 /************************************************************************//**
371 * @name Files and file uploads
372 * @{
373 */
374
375 /**
376 * Uploads have to be specially set up to be secure
377 */
378 $wgEnableUploads = false;
379
380 /**
381 * The maximum age of temporary (incomplete) uploaded files
382 */
383 $wgUploadStashMaxAge = 6 * 3600; // 6 hours
384
385 /**
386 * Allows to move images and other media files
387 */
388 $wgAllowImageMoving = true;
389
390 /**
391 * Enable deferred upload tasks that use the job queue.
392 * Only enable this if job runners are set up for both the
393 * 'AssembleUploadChunks' and 'PublishStashedFile' job types.
394 *
395 * @note If you use suhosin, this setting is incompatible with
396 * suhosin.session.encrypt.
397 */
398 $wgEnableAsyncUploads = false;
399
400 /**
401 * Additional characters that are not allowed in filenames. They are replaced with '-' when
402 * uploading. Like $wgLegalTitleChars, this is a regexp character class.
403 *
404 * Slashes and backslashes are disallowed regardless of this setting, but included here for
405 * completeness.
406 */
407 $wgIllegalFileChars = ":\\/\\\\";
408
409 /**
410 * What directory to place deleted uploads in.
411 * Defaults to "{$wgUploadDirectory}/deleted".
412 */
413 $wgDeletedDirectory = false;
414
415 /**
416 * Set this to true if you use img_auth and want the user to see details on why access failed.
417 */
418 $wgImgAuthDetails = false;
419
420 /**
421 * Map of relative URL directories to match to internal mwstore:// base storage paths.
422 * For img_auth.php requests, everything after "img_auth.php/" is checked to see
423 * if starts with any of the prefixes defined here. The prefixes should not overlap.
424 * The prefix that matches has a corresponding storage path, which the rest of the URL
425 * is assumed to be relative to. The file at that path (or a 404) is send to the client.
426 *
427 * Example:
428 * $wgImgAuthUrlPathMap['/timeline/'] = 'mwstore://local-fs/timeline-render/';
429 * The above maps ".../img_auth.php/timeline/X" to "mwstore://local-fs/timeline-render/".
430 * The name "local-fs" should correspond by name to an entry in $wgFileBackends.
431 *
432 * @see $wgFileBackends
433 */
434 $wgImgAuthUrlPathMap = [];
435
436 /**
437 * File repository structures
438 *
439 * $wgLocalFileRepo is a single repository structure, and $wgForeignFileRepos is
440 * an array of such structures. Each repository structure is an associative
441 * array of properties configuring the repository.
442 *
443 * Properties required for all repos:
444 * - class The class name for the repository. May come from the core or an extension.
445 * The core repository classes are FileRepo, LocalRepo, ForeignDBRepo.
446 *
447 * - name A unique name for the repository (but $wgLocalFileRepo should be 'local').
448 * The name should consist of alpha-numeric characters.
449 * - backend A file backend name (see $wgFileBackends).
450 *
451 * For most core repos:
452 * - zones Associative array of zone names that each map to an array with:
453 * container : backend container name the zone is in
454 * directory : root path within container for the zone
455 * url : base URL to the root of the zone
456 * urlsByExt : map of file extension types to base URLs
457 * (useful for using a different cache for videos)
458 * Zones default to using "<repo name>-<zone name>" as the container name
459 * and default to using the container root as the zone's root directory.
460 * Nesting of zone locations within other zones should be avoided.
461 * - url Public zone URL. The 'zones' settings take precedence.
462 * - hashLevels The number of directory levels for hash-based division of files
463 * - thumbScriptUrl The URL for thumb.php (optional, not recommended)
464 * - transformVia404 Whether to skip media file transformation on parse and rely on a 404
465 * handler instead.
466 * - initialCapital Equivalent to $wgCapitalLinks (or $wgCapitalLinkOverrides[NS_FILE],
467 * determines whether filenames implicitly start with a capital letter.
468 * The current implementation may give incorrect description page links
469 * when the local $wgCapitalLinks and initialCapital are mismatched.
470 * - pathDisclosureProtection
471 * May be 'paranoid' to remove all parameters from error messages, 'none' to
472 * leave the paths in unchanged, or 'simple' to replace paths with
473 * placeholders. Default for LocalRepo is 'simple'.
474 * - fileMode This allows wikis to set the file mode when uploading/moving files. Default
475 * is 0644.
476 * - directory The local filesystem directory where public files are stored. Not used for
477 * some remote repos.
478 * - thumbDir The base thumbnail directory. Defaults to "<directory>/thumb".
479 * - thumbUrl The base thumbnail URL. Defaults to "<url>/thumb".
480 * - isPrivate Set this if measures should always be taken to keep the files private.
481 * One should not trust this to assure that the files are not web readable;
482 * the server configuration should be done manually depending on the backend.
483 *
484 * These settings describe a foreign MediaWiki installation. They are optional, and will be ignored
485 * for local repositories:
486 * - descBaseUrl URL of image description pages, e.g. https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/File:
487 * - scriptDirUrl URL of the MediaWiki installation, equivalent to $wgScriptPath, e.g.
488 * https://en.wikipedia.org/w
489 * - scriptExtension Script extension of the MediaWiki installation, equivalent to
490 * $wgScriptExtension, e.g. ".php5". Defaults to ".php".
491 *
492 * - articleUrl Equivalent to $wgArticlePath, e.g. https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/$1
493 * - fetchDescription Fetch the text of the remote file description page. Equivalent to
494 * $wgFetchCommonsDescriptions.
495 * - abbrvThreshold File names over this size will use the short form of thumbnail names.
496 * Short thumbnail names only have the width, parameters, and the extension.
497 *
498 * ForeignDBRepo:
499 * - dbType, dbServer, dbUser, dbPassword, dbName, dbFlags
500 * equivalent to the corresponding member of $wgDBservers
501 * - tablePrefix Table prefix, the foreign wiki's $wgDBprefix
502 * - hasSharedCache True if the wiki's shared cache is accessible via the local $wgMemc
503 *
504 * ForeignAPIRepo:
505 * - apibase Use for the foreign API's URL
506 * - apiThumbCacheExpiry How long to locally cache thumbs for
507 *
508 * If you leave $wgLocalFileRepo set to false, Setup will fill in appropriate values.
509 * Otherwise, set $wgLocalFileRepo to a repository structure as described above.
510 * If you set $wgUseInstantCommons to true, it will add an entry for Commons.
511 * If you set $wgForeignFileRepos to an array of repository structures, those will
512 * be searched after the local file repo.
513 * Otherwise, you will only have access to local media files.
514 *
515 * @see Setup.php for an example usage and default initialization.
516 */
517 $wgLocalFileRepo = false;
518
519 /**
520 * @see $wgLocalFileRepo
521 */
522 $wgForeignFileRepos = [];
523
524 /**
525 * Use Commons as a remote file repository. Essentially a wrapper, when this
526 * is enabled $wgForeignFileRepos will point at Commons with a set of default
527 * settings
528 */
529 $wgUseInstantCommons = false;
530
531 /**
532 * Array of foreign file repo names (set in $wgForeignFileRepos above) that
533 * are allowable upload targets. These wikis must have some method of
534 * authentication (i.e. CentralAuth), and be CORS-enabled for this wiki.
535 * The string 'local' signifies the default local file repository.
536 *
537 * Example:
538 * $wgForeignUploadTargets = [ 'shared' ];
539 */
540 $wgForeignUploadTargets = [ 'local' ];
541
542 /**
543 * Configuration for file uploads using the embeddable upload dialog
544 * (https://www.mediawiki.org/wiki/Upload_dialog).
545 *
546 * This applies also to foreign uploads to this wiki (the configuration is loaded by remote wikis
547 * using the action=query&meta=siteinfo API).
548 *
549 * See below for documentation of each property. None of the properties may be omitted.
550 */
551 $wgUploadDialog = [
552 // Fields to make available in the dialog. `true` means that this field is visible, `false` means
553 // that it is hidden. The "Name" field can't be hidden. Note that you also have to add the
554 // matching replacement to the 'filepage' format key below to make use of these.
555 'fields' => [
556 'description' => true,
557 'date' => false,
558 'categories' => false,
559 ],
560 // Suffix of localisation messages used to describe the license under which the uploaded file will
561 // be released. The same value may be set for both 'local' and 'foreign' uploads.
562 'licensemessages' => [
563 // The 'local' messages are used for local uploads on this wiki:
564 // * upload-form-label-own-work-message-generic-local
565 // * upload-form-label-not-own-work-message-generic-local
566 // * upload-form-label-not-own-work-local-generic-local
567 'local' => 'generic-local',
568 // The 'foreign' messages are used for cross-wiki uploads from other wikis to this wiki:
569 // * upload-form-label-own-work-message-generic-foreign
570 // * upload-form-label-not-own-work-message-generic-foreign
571 // * upload-form-label-not-own-work-local-generic-foreign
572 'foreign' => 'generic-foreign',
573 ],
574 // Upload comments to use for 'local' and 'foreign' uploads. This can also be set to a single
575 // string value, in which case it is used for both kinds of uploads. Available replacements:
576 // * $HOST - domain name from which a cross-wiki upload originates
577 // * $PAGENAME - wiki page name from which an upload originates
578 'comment' => [
579 'local' => '',
580 'foreign' => '',
581 ],
582 // Format of the file page wikitext to be generated from the fields input by the user.
583 'format' => [
584 // Wrapper for the whole page. Available replacements:
585 // * $DESCRIPTION - file description, as input by the user (only if the 'description' field is
586 // enabled), wrapped as defined below in the 'description' key
587 // * $DATE - file creation date, as input by the user (only if the 'date' field is enabled)
588 // * $SOURCE - as defined below in the 'ownwork' key, may be extended in the future
589 // * $AUTHOR - linked user name, may be extended in the future
590 // * $LICENSE - as defined below in the 'license' key, may be extended in the future
591 // * $CATEGORIES - file categories wikitext, as input by the user (only if the 'categories'
592 // field is enabled), or if no input, as defined below in the 'uncategorized' key
593 'filepage' => '$DESCRIPTION',
594 // Wrapped for file description. Available replacements:
595 // * $LANGUAGE - source wiki's content language
596 // * $TEXT - input by the user
597 'description' => '$TEXT',
598 'ownwork' => '',
599 'license' => '',
600 'uncategorized' => '',
601 ],
602 ];
603
604 /**
605 * File backend structure configuration.
606 *
607 * This is an array of file backend configuration arrays.
608 * Each backend configuration has the following parameters:
609 * - 'name' : A unique name for the backend
610 * - 'class' : The file backend class to use
611 * - 'wikiId' : A unique string that identifies the wiki (container prefix)
612 * - 'lockManager' : The name of a lock manager (see $wgLockManagers)
613 *
614 * See FileBackend::__construct() for more details.
615 * Additional parameters are specific to the file backend class used.
616 * These settings should be global to all wikis when possible.
617 *
618 * FileBackendMultiWrite::__construct() is augmented with a 'template' option that
619 * can be used in any of the values of the 'backends' array. Its value is the name of
620 * another backend in $wgFileBackends. When set, it pre-fills the array with all of the
621 * configuration of the named backend. Explicitly set values in the array take precedence.
622 *
623 * There are two particularly important aspects about each backend:
624 * - a) Whether it is fully qualified or wiki-relative.
625 * By default, the paths of files are relative to the current wiki,
626 * which works via prefixing them with the current wiki ID when accessed.
627 * Setting 'wikiId' forces the backend to be fully qualified by prefixing
628 * all paths with the specified value instead. This can be useful if
629 * multiple wikis need to share the same data. Note that 'name' is *not*
630 * part of any prefix and thus should not be relied upon for namespacing.
631 * - b) Whether it is only defined for some wikis or is defined on all
632 * wikis in the wiki farm. Defining a backend globally is useful
633 * if multiple wikis need to share the same data.
634 * One should be aware of these aspects when configuring a backend for use with
635 * any basic feature or plugin. For example, suppose an extension stores data for
636 * different wikis in different directories and sometimes needs to access data from
637 * a foreign wiki's directory in order to render a page on given wiki. The extension
638 * would need a fully qualified backend that is defined on all wikis in the wiki farm.
639 */
640 $wgFileBackends = [];
641
642 /**
643 * Array of configuration arrays for each lock manager.
644 * Each backend configuration has the following parameters:
645 * - 'name' : A unique name for the lock manager
646 * - 'class' : The lock manger class to use
647 *
648 * See LockManager::__construct() for more details.
649 * Additional parameters are specific to the lock manager class used.
650 * These settings should be global to all wikis.
651 *
652 * When using DBLockManager, the 'dbsByBucket' map can reference 'localDBMaster' as
653 * a peer database in each bucket. This will result in an extra connection to the domain
654 * that the LockManager services, which must also be a valid wiki ID.
655 */
656 $wgLockManagers = [];
657
658 /**
659 * Show Exif data, on by default if available.
660 * Requires PHP's Exif extension: https://secure.php.net/manual/en/ref.exif.php
661 *
662 * @note FOR WINDOWS USERS:
663 * To enable Exif functions, add the following line to the "Windows
664 * extensions" section of php.ini:
665 * @code{.ini}
666 * extension=extensions/php_exif.dll
667 * @endcode
668 */
669 $wgShowEXIF = function_exists( 'exif_read_data' );
670
671 /**
672 * If to automatically update the img_metadata field
673 * if the metadata field is outdated but compatible with the current version.
674 * Defaults to false.
675 */
676 $wgUpdateCompatibleMetadata = false;
677
678 /**
679 * If you operate multiple wikis, you can define a shared upload path here.
680 * Uploads to this wiki will NOT be put there - they will be put into
681 * $wgUploadDirectory.
682 * If $wgUseSharedUploads is set, the wiki will look in the shared repository if
683 * no file of the given name is found in the local repository (for [[File:..]],
684 * [[Media:..]] links). Thumbnails will also be looked for and generated in this
685 * directory.
686 *
687 * Note that these configuration settings can now be defined on a per-
688 * repository basis for an arbitrary number of file repositories, using the
689 * $wgForeignFileRepos variable.
690 */
691 $wgUseSharedUploads = false;
692
693 /**
694 * Full path on the web server where shared uploads can be found
695 */
696 $wgSharedUploadPath = null;
697
698 /**
699 * Fetch commons image description pages and display them on the local wiki?
700 */
701 $wgFetchCommonsDescriptions = false;
702
703 /**
704 * Path on the file system where shared uploads can be found.
705 */
706 $wgSharedUploadDirectory = null;
707
708 /**
709 * DB name with metadata about shared directory.
710 * Set this to false if the uploads do not come from a wiki.
711 */
712 $wgSharedUploadDBname = false;
713
714 /**
715 * Optional table prefix used in database.
716 */
717 $wgSharedUploadDBprefix = '';
718
719 /**
720 * Cache shared metadata in memcached.
721 * Don't do this if the commons wiki is in a different memcached domain
722 */
723 $wgCacheSharedUploads = true;
724
725 /**
726 * Allow for upload to be copied from an URL.
727 * The timeout for copy uploads is set by $wgCopyUploadTimeout.
728 * You have to assign the user right 'upload_by_url' to a user group, to use this.
729 */
730 $wgAllowCopyUploads = false;
731
732 /**
733 * A list of domains copy uploads can come from
734 *
735 * @since 1.20
736 */
737 $wgCopyUploadsDomains = [];
738
739 /**
740 * Enable copy uploads from Special:Upload. $wgAllowCopyUploads must also be
741 * true. If $wgAllowCopyUploads is true, but this is false, you will only be
742 * able to perform copy uploads from the API or extensions (e.g. UploadWizard).
743 */
744 $wgCopyUploadsFromSpecialUpload = false;
745
746 /**
747 * Proxy to use for copy upload requests.
748 * @since 1.20
749 */
750 $wgCopyUploadProxy = false;
751
752 /**
753 * Different timeout for upload by url
754 * This could be useful since when fetching large files, you may want a
755 * timeout longer than the default $wgHTTPTimeout. False means fallback
756 * to default.
757 *
758 * @since 1.22
759 */
760 $wgCopyUploadTimeout = false;
761
762 /**
763 * Max size for uploads, in bytes. If not set to an array, applies to all
764 * uploads. If set to an array, per upload type maximums can be set, using the
765 * file and url keys. If the * key is set this value will be used as maximum
766 * for non-specified types.
767 *
768 * @par Example:
769 * @code
770 * $wgMaxUploadSize = [
771 * '*' => 250 * 1024,
772 * 'url' => 500 * 1024,
773 * ];
774 * @endcode
775 * Sets the maximum for all uploads to 250 kB except for upload-by-url, which
776 * will have a maximum of 500 kB.
777 */
778 $wgMaxUploadSize = 1024 * 1024 * 100; # 100MB
779
780 /**
781 * Minimum upload chunk size, in bytes. When using chunked upload, non-final
782 * chunks smaller than this will be rejected. May be reduced based on the
783 * 'upload_max_filesize' or 'post_max_size' PHP settings.
784 * @since 1.26
785 */
786 $wgMinUploadChunkSize = 1024; # 1KB
787
788 /**
789 * Point the upload navigation link to an external URL
790 * Useful if you want to use a shared repository by default
791 * without disabling local uploads (use $wgEnableUploads = false for that).
792 *
793 * @par Example:
794 * @code
795 * $wgUploadNavigationUrl = 'https://commons.wikimedia.org/wiki/Special:Upload';
796 * @endcode
797 */
798 $wgUploadNavigationUrl = false;
799
800 /**
801 * Point the upload link for missing files to an external URL, as with
802 * $wgUploadNavigationUrl. The URL will get "(?|&)wpDestFile=<filename>"
803 * appended to it as appropriate.
804 */
805 $wgUploadMissingFileUrl = false;
806
807 /**
808 * Give a path here to use thumb.php for thumbnail generation on client
809 * request, instead of generating them on render and outputting a static URL.
810 * This is necessary if some of your apache servers don't have read/write
811 * access to the thumbnail path.
812 *
813 * @par Example:
814 * @code
815 * $wgThumbnailScriptPath = "{$wgScriptPath}/thumb.php";
816 * @endcode
817 */
818 $wgThumbnailScriptPath = false;
819
820 /**
821 * @see $wgThumbnailScriptPath
822 */
823 $wgSharedThumbnailScriptPath = false;
824
825 /**
826 * Set this to false if you do not want MediaWiki to divide your images
827 * directory into many subdirectories, for improved performance.
828 *
829 * It's almost always good to leave this enabled. In previous versions of
830 * MediaWiki, some users set this to false to allow images to be added to the
831 * wiki by simply copying them into $wgUploadDirectory and then running
832 * maintenance/rebuildImages.php to register them in the database. This is no
833 * longer recommended, use maintenance/importImages.php instead.
834 *
835 * @note That this variable may be ignored if $wgLocalFileRepo is set.
836 * @todo Deprecate the setting and ultimately remove it from Core.
837 */
838 $wgHashedUploadDirectory = true;
839
840 /**
841 * Set the following to false especially if you have a set of files that need to
842 * be accessible by all wikis, and you do not want to use the hash (path/a/aa/)
843 * directory layout.
844 */
845 $wgHashedSharedUploadDirectory = true;
846
847 /**
848 * Base URL for a repository wiki. Leave this blank if uploads are just stored
849 * in a shared directory and not meant to be accessible through a separate wiki.
850 * Otherwise the image description pages on the local wiki will link to the
851 * image description page on this wiki.
852 *
853 * Please specify the namespace, as in the example below.
854 */
855 $wgRepositoryBaseUrl = "https://commons.wikimedia.org/wiki/File:";
856
857 /**
858 * This is the list of preferred extensions for uploading files. Uploading files
859 * with extensions not in this list will trigger a warning.
860 *
861 * @warning If you add any OpenOffice or Microsoft Office file formats here,
862 * such as odt or doc, and untrusted users are allowed to upload files, then
863 * your wiki will be vulnerable to cross-site request forgery (CSRF).
864 */
865 $wgFileExtensions = [ 'png', 'gif', 'jpg', 'jpeg', 'webp' ];
866
867 /**
868 * Files with these extensions will never be allowed as uploads.
869 * An array of file extensions to blacklist. You should append to this array
870 * if you want to blacklist additional files.
871 */
872 $wgFileBlacklist = [
873 # HTML may contain cookie-stealing JavaScript and web bugs
874 'html', 'htm', 'js', 'jsb', 'mhtml', 'mht', 'xhtml', 'xht',
875 # PHP scripts may execute arbitrary code on the server
876 'php', 'phtml', 'php3', 'php4', 'php5', 'phps',
877 # Other types that may be interpreted by some servers
878 'shtml', 'jhtml', 'pl', 'py', 'cgi',
879 # May contain harmful executables for Windows victims
880 'exe', 'scr', 'dll', 'msi', 'vbs', 'bat', 'com', 'pif', 'cmd', 'vxd', 'cpl' ];
881
882 /**
883 * Files with these MIME types will never be allowed as uploads
884 * if $wgVerifyMimeType is enabled.
885 */
886 $wgMimeTypeBlacklist = [
887 # HTML may contain cookie-stealing JavaScript and web bugs
888 'text/html', 'text/javascript', 'text/x-javascript', 'application/x-shellscript',
889 # PHP scripts may execute arbitrary code on the server
890 'application/x-php', 'text/x-php',
891 # Other types that may be interpreted by some servers
892 'text/x-python', 'text/x-perl', 'text/x-bash', 'text/x-sh', 'text/x-csh',
893 # Client-side hazards on Internet Explorer
894 'text/scriptlet', 'application/x-msdownload',
895 # Windows metafile, client-side vulnerability on some systems
896 'application/x-msmetafile',
897 ];
898
899 /**
900 * Allow Java archive uploads.
901 * This is not recommended for public wikis since a maliciously-constructed
902 * applet running on the same domain as the wiki can steal the user's cookies.
903 */
904 $wgAllowJavaUploads = false;
905
906 /**
907 * This is a flag to determine whether or not to check file extensions on upload.
908 *
909 * @warning Setting this to false is insecure for public wikis.
910 */
911 $wgCheckFileExtensions = true;
912
913 /**
914 * If this is turned off, users may override the warning for files not covered
915 * by $wgFileExtensions.
916 *
917 * @warning Setting this to false is insecure for public wikis.
918 */
919 $wgStrictFileExtensions = true;
920
921 /**
922 * Setting this to true will disable the upload system's checks for HTML/JavaScript.
923 *
924 * @warning THIS IS VERY DANGEROUS on a publicly editable site, so USE
925 * $wgGroupPermissions TO RESTRICT UPLOADING to only those that you trust
926 */
927 $wgDisableUploadScriptChecks = false;
928
929 /**
930 * Warn if uploaded files are larger than this (in bytes), or false to disable
931 */
932 $wgUploadSizeWarning = false;
933
934 /**
935 * list of trusted media-types and MIME types.
936 * Use the MEDIATYPE_xxx constants to represent media types.
937 * This list is used by File::isSafeFile
938 *
939 * Types not listed here will have a warning about unsafe content
940 * displayed on the images description page. It would also be possible
941 * to use this for further restrictions, like disabling direct
942 * [[media:...]] links for non-trusted formats.
943 */
944 $wgTrustedMediaFormats = [
945 MEDIATYPE_BITMAP, // all bitmap formats
946 MEDIATYPE_AUDIO, // all audio formats
947 MEDIATYPE_VIDEO, // all plain video formats
948 "image/svg+xml", // svg (only needed if inline rendering of svg is not supported)
949 "application/pdf", // PDF files
950 # "application/x-shockwave-flash", //flash/shockwave movie
951 ];
952
953 /**
954 * Plugins for media file type handling.
955 * Each entry in the array maps a MIME type to a class name
956 *
957 * Core media handlers are listed in MediaHandlerFactory,
958 * and extensions should use extension.json.
959 */
960 $wgMediaHandlers = [];
961
962 /**
963 * Media handler overrides for parser tests (they don't need to generate actual
964 * thumbnails, so a mock will do)
965 */
966 $wgParserTestMediaHandlers = [
967 'image/jpeg' => 'MockBitmapHandler',
968 'image/png' => 'MockBitmapHandler',
969 'image/gif' => 'MockBitmapHandler',
970 'image/tiff' => 'MockBitmapHandler',
971 'image/webp' => 'MockBitmapHandler',
972 'image/x-ms-bmp' => 'MockBitmapHandler',
973 'image/x-bmp' => 'MockBitmapHandler',
974 'image/x-xcf' => 'MockBitmapHandler',
975 'image/svg+xml' => 'MockSvgHandler',
976 'image/vnd.djvu' => 'MockDjVuHandler',
977 ];
978
979 /**
980 * Plugins for page content model handling.
981 * Each entry in the array maps a model id to a class name or callback
982 * that creates an instance of the appropriate ContentHandler subclass.
983 *
984 * @since 1.21
985 */
986 $wgContentHandlers = [
987 // the usual case
988 CONTENT_MODEL_WIKITEXT => 'WikitextContentHandler',
989 // dumb version, no syntax highlighting
990 CONTENT_MODEL_JAVASCRIPT => 'JavaScriptContentHandler',
991 // simple implementation, for use by extensions, etc.
992 CONTENT_MODEL_JSON => 'JsonContentHandler',
993 // dumb version, no syntax highlighting
994 CONTENT_MODEL_CSS => 'CssContentHandler',
995 // plain text, for use by extensions, etc.
996 CONTENT_MODEL_TEXT => 'TextContentHandler',
997 ];
998
999 /**
1000 * Whether to enable server-side image thumbnailing. If false, images will
1001 * always be sent to the client in full resolution, with appropriate width= and
1002 * height= attributes on the <img> tag for the client to do its own scaling.
1003 */
1004 $wgUseImageResize = true;
1005
1006 /**
1007 * Resizing can be done using PHP's internal image libraries or using
1008 * ImageMagick or another third-party converter, e.g. GraphicMagick.
1009 * These support more file formats than PHP, which only supports PNG,
1010 * GIF, JPG, XBM and WBMP.
1011 *
1012 * Use Image Magick instead of PHP builtin functions.
1013 */
1014 $wgUseImageMagick = false;
1015
1016 /**
1017 * The convert command shipped with ImageMagick
1018 */
1019 $wgImageMagickConvertCommand = '/usr/bin/convert';
1020
1021 /**
1022 * Array of max pixel areas for interlacing per MIME type
1023 * @since 1.27
1024 */
1025 $wgMaxInterlacingAreas = [];
1026
1027 /**
1028 * Sharpening parameter to ImageMagick
1029 */
1030 $wgSharpenParameter = '0x0.4';
1031
1032 /**
1033 * Reduction in linear dimensions below which sharpening will be enabled
1034 */
1035 $wgSharpenReductionThreshold = 0.85;
1036
1037 /**
1038 * Temporary directory used for ImageMagick. The directory must exist. Leave
1039 * this set to false to let ImageMagick decide for itself.
1040 */
1041 $wgImageMagickTempDir = false;
1042
1043 /**
1044 * Use another resizing converter, e.g. GraphicMagick
1045 * %s will be replaced with the source path, %d with the destination
1046 * %w and %h will be replaced with the width and height.
1047 *
1048 * @par Example for GraphicMagick:
1049 * @code
1050 * $wgCustomConvertCommand = "gm convert %s -resize %wx%h %d"
1051 * @endcode
1052 *
1053 * Leave as false to skip this.
1054 */
1055 $wgCustomConvertCommand = false;
1056
1057 /**
1058 * used for lossless jpeg rotation
1059 *
1060 * @since 1.21
1061 */
1062 $wgJpegTran = '/usr/bin/jpegtran';
1063
1064 /**
1065 * At default setting of 'yuv420', JPEG thumbnails will use 4:2:0 chroma
1066 * subsampling to reduce file size, at the cost of possible color fringing
1067 * at sharp edges.
1068 *
1069 * See https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Chroma_subsampling
1070 *
1071 * Supported values:
1072 * false - use scaling system's default (same as pre-1.27 behavior)
1073 * 'yuv444' - luma and chroma at same resolution
1074 * 'yuv422' - chroma at 1/2 resolution horizontally, full vertically
1075 * 'yuv420' - chroma at 1/2 resolution in both dimensions
1076 *
1077 * This setting is currently supported only for the ImageMagick backend;
1078 * others may default to 4:2:0 or 4:4:4 or maintaining the source file's
1079 * sampling in the thumbnail.
1080 *
1081 * @since 1.27
1082 */
1083 $wgJpegPixelFormat = 'yuv420';
1084
1085 /**
1086 * Some tests and extensions use exiv2 to manipulate the Exif metadata in some
1087 * image formats.
1088 */
1089 $wgExiv2Command = '/usr/bin/exiv2';
1090
1091 /**
1092 * Path to exiftool binary. Used for lossless ICC profile swapping.
1093 *
1094 * @since 1.26
1095 */
1096 $wgExiftool = '/usr/bin/exiftool';
1097
1098 /**
1099 * Scalable Vector Graphics (SVG) may be uploaded as images.
1100 * Since SVG support is not yet standard in browsers, it is
1101 * necessary to rasterize SVGs to PNG as a fallback format.
1102 *
1103 * An external program is required to perform this conversion.
1104 * If set to an array, the first item is a PHP callable and any further items
1105 * are passed as parameters after $srcPath, $dstPath, $width, $height
1106 */
1107 $wgSVGConverters = [
1108 'ImageMagick' =>
1109 '$path/convert -background "#ffffff00" -thumbnail $widthx$height\! $input PNG:$output',
1110 'sodipodi' => '$path/sodipodi -z -w $width -f $input -e $output',
1111 'inkscape' => '$path/inkscape -z -w $width -f $input -e $output',
1112 'batik' => 'java -Djava.awt.headless=true -jar $path/batik-rasterizer.jar -w $width -d '
1113 . '$output $input',
1114 'rsvg' => '$path/rsvg-convert -w $width -h $height -o $output $input',
1115 'imgserv' => '$path/imgserv-wrapper -i svg -o png -w$width $input $output',
1116 'ImagickExt' => [ 'SvgHandler::rasterizeImagickExt' ],
1117 ];
1118
1119 /**
1120 * Pick a converter defined in $wgSVGConverters
1121 */
1122 $wgSVGConverter = 'ImageMagick';
1123
1124 /**
1125 * If not in the executable PATH, specify the SVG converter path.
1126 */
1127 $wgSVGConverterPath = '';
1128
1129 /**
1130 * Don't scale a SVG larger than this
1131 */
1132 $wgSVGMaxSize = 5120;
1133
1134 /**
1135 * Don't read SVG metadata beyond this point.
1136 * Default is 1024*256 bytes
1137 */
1138 $wgSVGMetadataCutoff = 262144;
1139
1140 /**
1141 * Disallow <title> element in SVG files.
1142 *
1143 * MediaWiki will reject HTMLesque tags in uploaded files due to idiotic
1144 * browsers which can not perform basic stuff like MIME detection and which are
1145 * vulnerable to further idiots uploading crap files as images.
1146 *
1147 * When this directive is on, "<title>" will be allowed in files with an
1148 * "image/svg+xml" MIME type. You should leave this disabled if your web server
1149 * is misconfigured and doesn't send appropriate MIME types for SVG images.
1150 */
1151 $wgAllowTitlesInSVG = false;
1152
1153 /**
1154 * The maximum number of pixels a source image can have if it is to be scaled
1155 * down by a scaler that requires the full source image to be decompressed
1156 * and stored in decompressed form, before the thumbnail is generated.
1157 *
1158 * This provides a limit on memory usage for the decompression side of the
1159 * image scaler. The limit is used when scaling PNGs with any of the
1160 * built-in image scalers, such as ImageMagick or GD. It is ignored for
1161 * JPEGs with ImageMagick, and when using the VipsScaler extension.
1162 *
1163 * The default is 50 MB if decompressed to RGBA form, which corresponds to
1164 * 12.5 million pixels or 3500x3500.
1165 */
1166 $wgMaxImageArea = 1.25e7;
1167
1168 /**
1169 * Force thumbnailing of animated GIFs above this size to a single
1170 * frame instead of an animated thumbnail. As of MW 1.17 this limit
1171 * is checked against the total size of all frames in the animation.
1172 * It probably makes sense to keep this equal to $wgMaxImageArea.
1173 */
1174 $wgMaxAnimatedGifArea = 1.25e7;
1175
1176 /**
1177 * Browsers don't support TIFF inline generally...
1178 * For inline display, we need to convert to PNG or JPEG.
1179 * Note scaling should work with ImageMagick, but may not with GD scaling.
1180 *
1181 * @par Example:
1182 * @code
1183 * // PNG is lossless, but inefficient for photos
1184 * $wgTiffThumbnailType = [ 'png', 'image/png' ];
1185 * // JPEG is good for photos, but has no transparency support. Bad for diagrams.
1186 * $wgTiffThumbnailType = [ 'jpg', 'image/jpeg' ];
1187 * @endcode
1188 */
1189 $wgTiffThumbnailType = false;
1190
1191 /**
1192 * If rendered thumbnail files are older than this timestamp, they
1193 * will be rerendered on demand as if the file didn't already exist.
1194 * Update if there is some need to force thumbs and SVG rasterizations
1195 * to rerender, such as fixes to rendering bugs.
1196 */
1197 $wgThumbnailEpoch = '20030516000000';
1198
1199 /**
1200 * Certain operations are avoided if there were too many recent failures,
1201 * for example, thumbnail generation. Bump this value to invalidate all
1202 * memory of failed operations and thus allow further attempts to resume.
1203 * This is useful when a cause for the failures has been found and fixed.
1204 */
1205 $wgAttemptFailureEpoch = 1;
1206
1207 /**
1208 * If set, inline scaled images will still produce "<img>" tags ready for
1209 * output instead of showing an error message.
1210 *
1211 * This may be useful if errors are transitory, especially if the site
1212 * is configured to automatically render thumbnails on request.
1213 *
1214 * On the other hand, it may obscure error conditions from debugging.
1215 * Enable the debug log or the 'thumbnail' log group to make sure errors
1216 * are logged to a file for review.
1217 */
1218 $wgIgnoreImageErrors = false;
1219
1220 /**
1221 * Allow thumbnail rendering on page view. If this is false, a valid
1222 * thumbnail URL is still output, but no file will be created at
1223 * the target location. This may save some time if you have a
1224 * thumb.php or 404 handler set up which is faster than the regular
1225 * webserver(s).
1226 */
1227 $wgGenerateThumbnailOnParse = true;
1228
1229 /**
1230 * Show thumbnails for old images on the image description page
1231 */
1232 $wgShowArchiveThumbnails = true;
1233
1234 /**
1235 * If set to true, images that contain certain the exif orientation tag will
1236 * be rotated accordingly. If set to null, try to auto-detect whether a scaler
1237 * is available that can rotate.
1238 */
1239 $wgEnableAutoRotation = null;
1240
1241 /**
1242 * Internal name of virus scanner. This serves as a key to the
1243 * $wgAntivirusSetup array. Set this to NULL to disable virus scanning. If not
1244 * null, every file uploaded will be scanned for viruses.
1245 */
1246 $wgAntivirus = null;
1247
1248 /**
1249 * Configuration for different virus scanners. This an associative array of
1250 * associative arrays. It contains one setup array per known scanner type.
1251 * The entry is selected by $wgAntivirus, i.e.
1252 * valid values for $wgAntivirus are the keys defined in this array.
1253 *
1254 * The configuration array for each scanner contains the following keys:
1255 * "command", "codemap", "messagepattern":
1256 *
1257 * "command" is the full command to call the virus scanner - %f will be
1258 * replaced with the name of the file to scan. If not present, the filename
1259 * will be appended to the command. Note that this must be overwritten if the
1260 * scanner is not in the system path; in that case, please set
1261 * $wgAntivirusSetup[$wgAntivirus]['command'] to the desired command with full
1262 * path.
1263 *
1264 * "codemap" is a mapping of exit code to return codes of the detectVirus
1265 * function in SpecialUpload.
1266 * - An exit code mapped to AV_SCAN_FAILED causes the function to consider
1267 * the scan to be failed. This will pass the file if $wgAntivirusRequired
1268 * is not set.
1269 * - An exit code mapped to AV_SCAN_ABORTED causes the function to consider
1270 * the file to have an unsupported format, which is probably immune to
1271 * viruses. This causes the file to pass.
1272 * - An exit code mapped to AV_NO_VIRUS will cause the file to pass, meaning
1273 * no virus was found.
1274 * - All other codes (like AV_VIRUS_FOUND) will cause the function to report
1275 * a virus.
1276 * - You may use "*" as a key in the array to catch all exit codes not mapped otherwise.
1277 *
1278 * "messagepattern" is a perl regular expression to extract the meaningful part of the scanners
1279 * output. The relevant part should be matched as group one (\1).
1280 * If not defined or the pattern does not match, the full message is shown to the user.
1281 */
1282 $wgAntivirusSetup = [
1283
1284 # setup for clamav
1285 'clamav' => [
1286 'command' => 'clamscan --no-summary ',
1287 'codemap' => [
1288 "0" => AV_NO_VIRUS, # no virus
1289 "1" => AV_VIRUS_FOUND, # virus found
1290 "52" => AV_SCAN_ABORTED, # unsupported file format (probably immune)
1291 "*" => AV_SCAN_FAILED, # else scan failed
1292 ],
1293 'messagepattern' => '/.*?:(.*)/sim',
1294 ],
1295 ];
1296
1297 /**
1298 * Determines if a failed virus scan (AV_SCAN_FAILED) will cause the file to be rejected.
1299 */
1300 $wgAntivirusRequired = true;
1301
1302 /**
1303 * Determines if the MIME type of uploaded files should be checked
1304 */
1305 $wgVerifyMimeType = true;
1306
1307 /**
1308 * Sets the MIME type definition file to use by MimeMagic.php.
1309 * Set to null, to use built-in defaults only.
1310 * example: $wgMimeTypeFile = '/etc/mime.types';
1311 */
1312 $wgMimeTypeFile = 'includes/mime.types';
1313
1314 /**
1315 * Sets the MIME type info file to use by MimeMagic.php.
1316 * Set to null, to use built-in defaults only.
1317 */
1318 $wgMimeInfoFile = 'includes/mime.info';
1319
1320 /**
1321 * Sets an external MIME detector program. The command must print only
1322 * the MIME type to standard output.
1323 * The name of the file to process will be appended to the command given here.
1324 * If not set or NULL, PHP's mime_content_type function will be used.
1325 *
1326 * @par Example:
1327 * @code
1328 * #$wgMimeDetectorCommand = "file -bi"; # use external MIME detector (Linux)
1329 * @endcode
1330 */
1331 $wgMimeDetectorCommand = null;
1332
1333 /**
1334 * Switch for trivial MIME detection. Used by thumb.php to disable all fancy
1335 * things, because only a few types of images are needed and file extensions
1336 * can be trusted.
1337 */
1338 $wgTrivialMimeDetection = false;
1339
1340 /**
1341 * Additional XML types we can allow via MIME-detection.
1342 * array = [ 'rootElement' => 'associatedMimeType' ]
1343 */
1344 $wgXMLMimeTypes = [
1345 'http://www.w3.org/2000/svg:svg' => 'image/svg+xml',
1346 'svg' => 'image/svg+xml',
1347 'http://www.lysator.liu.se/~alla/dia/:diagram' => 'application/x-dia-diagram',
1348 'http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml:html' => 'text/html', // application/xhtml+xml?
1349 'html' => 'text/html', // application/xhtml+xml?
1350 ];
1351
1352 /**
1353 * Limit images on image description pages to a user-selectable limit. In order
1354 * to reduce disk usage, limits can only be selected from a list.
1355 * The user preference is saved as an array offset in the database, by default
1356 * the offset is set with $wgDefaultUserOptions['imagesize']. Make sure you
1357 * change it if you alter the array (see T10858).
1358 * This is the list of settings the user can choose from:
1359 */
1360 $wgImageLimits = [
1361 [ 320, 240 ],
1362 [ 640, 480 ],
1363 [ 800, 600 ],
1364 [ 1024, 768 ],
1365 [ 1280, 1024 ]
1366 ];
1367
1368 /**
1369 * Adjust thumbnails on image pages according to a user setting. In order to
1370 * reduce disk usage, the values can only be selected from a list. This is the
1371 * list of settings the user can choose from:
1372 */
1373 $wgThumbLimits = [
1374 120,
1375 150,
1376 180,
1377 200,
1378 250,
1379 300
1380 ];
1381
1382 /**
1383 * When defined, is an array of image widths used as buckets for thumbnail generation.
1384 * The goal is to save resources by generating thumbnails based on reference buckets instead of
1385 * always using the original. This will incur a speed gain but cause a quality loss.
1386 *
1387 * The buckets generation is chained, with each bucket generated based on the above bucket
1388 * when possible. File handlers have to opt into using that feature. For now only BitmapHandler
1389 * supports it.
1390 */
1391 $wgThumbnailBuckets = null;
1392
1393 /**
1394 * When using thumbnail buckets as defined above, this sets the minimum distance to the bucket
1395 * above the requested size. The distance represents how many extra pixels of width the bucket
1396 * needs in order to be used as the reference for a given thumbnail. For example, with the
1397 * following buckets:
1398 *
1399 * $wgThumbnailBuckets = [ 128, 256, 512 ];
1400 *
1401 * and a distance of 50:
1402 *
1403 * $wgThumbnailMinimumBucketDistance = 50;
1404 *
1405 * If we want to render a thumbnail of width 220px, the 512px bucket will be used,
1406 * because 220 + 50 = 270 and the closest bucket bigger than 270px is 512.
1407 */
1408 $wgThumbnailMinimumBucketDistance = 50;
1409
1410 /**
1411 * When defined, is an array of thumbnail widths to be rendered at upload time. The idea is to
1412 * prerender common thumbnail sizes, in order to avoid the necessity to render them on demand, which
1413 * has a performance impact for the first client to view a certain size.
1414 *
1415 * This obviously means that more disk space is needed per upload upfront.
1416 *
1417 * @since 1.25
1418 */
1419
1420 $wgUploadThumbnailRenderMap = [];
1421
1422 /**
1423 * The method through which the thumbnails will be prerendered for the entries in
1424 * $wgUploadThumbnailRenderMap
1425 *
1426 * The method can be either "http" or "jobqueue". The former uses an http request to hit the
1427 * thumbnail's URL.
1428 * This method only works if thumbnails are configured to be rendered by a 404 handler. The latter
1429 * option uses the job queue to render the thumbnail.
1430 *
1431 * @since 1.25
1432 */
1433 $wgUploadThumbnailRenderMethod = 'jobqueue';
1434
1435 /**
1436 * When using the "http" wgUploadThumbnailRenderMethod, lets one specify a custom Host HTTP header.
1437 *
1438 * @since 1.25
1439 */
1440 $wgUploadThumbnailRenderHttpCustomHost = false;
1441
1442 /**
1443 * When using the "http" wgUploadThumbnailRenderMethod, lets one specify a custom domain to send the
1444 * HTTP request to.
1445 *
1446 * @since 1.25
1447 */
1448 $wgUploadThumbnailRenderHttpCustomDomain = false;
1449
1450 /**
1451 * When this variable is true and JPGs use the sRGB ICC profile, swaps it for the more lightweight
1452 * (and free) TinyRGB profile when generating thumbnails.
1453 *
1454 * @since 1.26
1455 */
1456 $wgUseTinyRGBForJPGThumbnails = false;
1457
1458 /**
1459 * Parameters for the "<gallery>" tag.
1460 * Fields are:
1461 * - imagesPerRow: Default number of images per-row in the gallery. 0 -> Adapt to screensize
1462 * - imageWidth: Width of the cells containing images in galleries (in "px")
1463 * - imageHeight: Height of the cells containing images in galleries (in "px")
1464 * - captionLength: Length to truncate filename to in caption when using "showfilename".
1465 * A value of 'true' will truncate the filename to one line using CSS
1466 * and will be the behaviour after deprecation.
1467 * @deprecated since 1.28
1468 * - showBytes: Show the filesize in bytes in categories
1469 * - showDimensions: Show the dimensions (width x height) in categories
1470 * - mode: Gallery mode
1471 */
1472 $wgGalleryOptions = [];
1473
1474 /**
1475 * Adjust width of upright images when parameter 'upright' is used
1476 * This allows a nicer look for upright images without the need to fix the width
1477 * by hardcoded px in wiki sourcecode.
1478 */
1479 $wgThumbUpright = 0.75;
1480
1481 /**
1482 * Default value for chmoding of new directories.
1483 */
1484 $wgDirectoryMode = 0777;
1485
1486 /**
1487 * Generate and use thumbnails suitable for screens with 1.5 and 2.0 pixel densities.
1488 *
1489 * This means a 320x240 use of an image on the wiki will also generate 480x360 and 640x480
1490 * thumbnails, output via the srcset attribute.
1491 *
1492 * On older browsers, a JavaScript polyfill switches the appropriate images in after loading
1493 * the original low-resolution versions depending on the reported window.devicePixelRatio.
1494 * The polyfill can be found in the jquery.hidpi module.
1495 */
1496 $wgResponsiveImages = true;
1497
1498 /**
1499 * @name DJVU settings
1500 * @{
1501 */
1502
1503 /**
1504 * Path of the djvudump executable
1505 * Enable this and $wgDjvuRenderer to enable djvu rendering
1506 * example: $wgDjvuDump = 'djvudump';
1507 */
1508 $wgDjvuDump = null;
1509
1510 /**
1511 * Path of the ddjvu DJVU renderer
1512 * Enable this and $wgDjvuDump to enable djvu rendering
1513 * example: $wgDjvuRenderer = 'ddjvu';
1514 */
1515 $wgDjvuRenderer = null;
1516
1517 /**
1518 * Path of the djvutxt DJVU text extraction utility
1519 * Enable this and $wgDjvuDump to enable text layer extraction from djvu files
1520 * example: $wgDjvuTxt = 'djvutxt';
1521 */
1522 $wgDjvuTxt = null;
1523
1524 /**
1525 * Path of the djvutoxml executable
1526 * This works like djvudump except much, much slower as of version 3.5.
1527 *
1528 * For now we recommend you use djvudump instead. The djvuxml output is
1529 * probably more stable, so we'll switch back to it as soon as they fix
1530 * the efficiency problem.
1531 * https://sourceforge.net/tracker/index.php?func=detail&aid=1704049&group_id=32953&atid=406583
1532 *
1533 * @par Example:
1534 * @code
1535 * $wgDjvuToXML = 'djvutoxml';
1536 * @endcode
1537 */
1538 $wgDjvuToXML = null;
1539
1540 /**
1541 * Shell command for the DJVU post processor
1542 * Default: pnmtojpeg, since ddjvu generates ppm output
1543 * Set this to false to output the ppm file directly.
1544 */
1545 $wgDjvuPostProcessor = 'pnmtojpeg';
1546
1547 /**
1548 * File extension for the DJVU post processor output
1549 */
1550 $wgDjvuOutputExtension = 'jpg';
1551
1552 /** @} */ # end of DJvu }
1553
1554 /** @} */ # end of file uploads }
1555
1556 /************************************************************************//**
1557 * @name Email settings
1558 * @{
1559 */
1560
1561 /**
1562 * Site admin email address.
1563 *
1564 * Defaults to "wikiadmin@$wgServerName".
1565 */
1566 $wgEmergencyContact = false;
1567
1568 /**
1569 * Sender email address for e-mail notifications.
1570 *
1571 * The address we use as sender when a user requests a password reminder.
1572 *
1573 * Defaults to "apache@$wgServerName".
1574 */
1575 $wgPasswordSender = false;
1576
1577 /**
1578 * Sender name for e-mail notifications.
1579 *
1580 * @deprecated since 1.23; use the system message 'emailsender' instead.
1581 */
1582 $wgPasswordSenderName = 'MediaWiki Mail';
1583
1584 /**
1585 * Reply-To address for e-mail notifications.
1586 *
1587 * Defaults to $wgPasswordSender.
1588 */
1589 $wgNoReplyAddress = false;
1590
1591 /**
1592 * Set to true to enable the e-mail basic features:
1593 * Password reminders, etc. If sending e-mail on your
1594 * server doesn't work, you might want to disable this.
1595 */
1596 $wgEnableEmail = true;
1597
1598 /**
1599 * Set to true to enable user-to-user e-mail.
1600 * This can potentially be abused, as it's hard to track.
1601 */
1602 $wgEnableUserEmail = true;
1603
1604 /**
1605 * If true put the sending user's email in a Reply-To header
1606 * instead of From (false). ($wgPasswordSender will be used as From.)
1607 *
1608 * Some mailers (eg SMTP) set the SMTP envelope sender to the From value,
1609 * which can cause problems with SPF validation and leak recipient addresses
1610 * when bounces are sent to the sender. In addition, DMARC restrictions
1611 * can cause emails to fail to be received when false.
1612 */
1613 $wgUserEmailUseReplyTo = true;
1614
1615 /**
1616 * Minimum time, in hours, which must elapse between password reminder
1617 * emails for a given account. This is to prevent abuse by mail flooding.
1618 */
1619 $wgPasswordReminderResendTime = 24;
1620
1621 /**
1622 * The time, in seconds, when an emailed temporary password expires.
1623 */
1624 $wgNewPasswordExpiry = 3600 * 24 * 7;
1625
1626 /**
1627 * The time, in seconds, when an email confirmation email expires
1628 */
1629 $wgUserEmailConfirmationTokenExpiry = 7 * 24 * 60 * 60;
1630
1631 /**
1632 * The number of days that a user's password is good for. After this number of days, the
1633 * user will be asked to reset their password. Set to false to disable password expiration.
1634 */
1635 $wgPasswordExpirationDays = false;
1636
1637 /**
1638 * If a user's password is expired, the number of seconds when they can still login,
1639 * and cancel their password change, but are sent to the password change form on each login.
1640 */
1641 $wgPasswordExpireGrace = 3600 * 24 * 7; // 7 days
1642
1643 /**
1644 * SMTP Mode.
1645 *
1646 * For using a direct (authenticated) SMTP server connection.
1647 * Default to false or fill an array :
1648 *
1649 * @code
1650 * $wgSMTP = [
1651 * 'host' => 'SMTP domain',
1652 * 'IDHost' => 'domain for MessageID',
1653 * 'port' => '25',
1654 * 'auth' => [true|false],
1655 * 'username' => [SMTP username],
1656 * 'password' => [SMTP password],
1657 * ];
1658 * @endcode
1659 */
1660 $wgSMTP = false;
1661
1662 /**
1663 * Additional email parameters, will be passed as the last argument to mail() call.
1664 */
1665 $wgAdditionalMailParams = null;
1666
1667 /**
1668 * For parts of the system that have been updated to provide HTML email content, send
1669 * both text and HTML parts as the body of the email
1670 */
1671 $wgAllowHTMLEmail = false;
1672
1673 /**
1674 * True: from page editor if s/he opted-in. False: Enotif mails appear to come
1675 * from $wgEmergencyContact
1676 */
1677 $wgEnotifFromEditor = false;
1678
1679 // TODO move UPO to preferences probably ?
1680 # If set to true, users get a corresponding option in their preferences and can choose to
1681 # enable or disable at their discretion
1682 # If set to false, the corresponding input form on the user preference page is suppressed
1683 # It call this to be a "user-preferences-option (UPO)"
1684
1685 /**
1686 * Require email authentication before sending mail to an email address.
1687 * This is highly recommended. It prevents MediaWiki from being used as an open
1688 * spam relay.
1689 */
1690 $wgEmailAuthentication = true;
1691
1692 /**
1693 * Allow users to enable email notification ("enotif") on watchlist changes.
1694 */
1695 $wgEnotifWatchlist = false;
1696
1697 /**
1698 * Allow users to enable email notification ("enotif") when someone edits their
1699 * user talk page.
1700 *
1701 * The owner of the user talk page must also have the 'enotifusertalkpages' user
1702 * preference set to true.
1703 */
1704 $wgEnotifUserTalk = false;
1705
1706 /**
1707 * Set the Reply-to address in notifications to the editor's address, if user
1708 * allowed this in the preferences.
1709 */
1710 $wgEnotifRevealEditorAddress = false;
1711
1712 /**
1713 * Potentially send notification mails on minor edits to pages. This is enabled
1714 * by default. If this is false, users will never be notified on minor edits.
1715 *
1716 * If it is true, editors with the 'nominornewtalk' right (typically bots) will still not
1717 * trigger notifications for minor edits they make (to any page, not just user talk).
1718 *
1719 * Finally, if the watcher/recipient has the 'enotifminoredits' user preference set to
1720 * false, they will not receive notifications for minor edits.
1721 *
1722 * User talk notifications are also affected by $wgEnotifMinorEdits, the above settings,
1723 * $wgEnotifUserTalk, and the preference described there.
1724 */
1725 $wgEnotifMinorEdits = true;
1726
1727 /**
1728 * Send a generic mail instead of a personalised mail for each user. This
1729 * always uses UTC as the time zone, and doesn't include the username.
1730 *
1731 * For pages with many users watching, this can significantly reduce mail load.
1732 * Has no effect when using sendmail rather than SMTP.
1733 */
1734 $wgEnotifImpersonal = false;
1735
1736 /**
1737 * Maximum number of users to mail at once when using impersonal mail. Should
1738 * match the limit on your mail server.
1739 */
1740 $wgEnotifMaxRecips = 500;
1741
1742 /**
1743 * Use real name instead of username in e-mail "from" field.
1744 */
1745 $wgEnotifUseRealName = false;
1746
1747 /**
1748 * Array of usernames who will be sent a notification email for every change
1749 * which occurs on a wiki. Users will not be notified of their own changes.
1750 */
1751 $wgUsersNotifiedOnAllChanges = [];
1752
1753 /** @} */ # end of email settings
1754
1755 /************************************************************************//**
1756 * @name Database settings
1757 * @{
1758 */
1759
1760 /**
1761 * Database host name or IP address
1762 */
1763 $wgDBserver = 'localhost';
1764
1765 /**
1766 * Database port number (for PostgreSQL and Microsoft SQL Server).
1767 */
1768 $wgDBport = 5432;
1769
1770 /**
1771 * Name of the database
1772 */
1773 $wgDBname = 'my_wiki';
1774
1775 /**
1776 * Database username
1777 */
1778 $wgDBuser = 'wikiuser';
1779
1780 /**
1781 * Database user's password
1782 */
1783 $wgDBpassword = '';
1784
1785 /**
1786 * Database type
1787 */
1788 $wgDBtype = 'mysql';
1789
1790 /**
1791 * Whether to use SSL in DB connection.
1792 *
1793 * This setting is only used $wgLBFactoryConf['class'] is set to
1794 * 'LBFactorySimple' and $wgDBservers is an empty array; otherwise
1795 * the DBO_SSL flag must be set in the 'flags' option of the database
1796 * connection to achieve the same functionality.
1797 */
1798 $wgDBssl = false;
1799
1800 /**
1801 * Whether to use compression in DB connection.
1802 *
1803 * This setting is only used $wgLBFactoryConf['class'] is set to
1804 * 'LBFactorySimple' and $wgDBservers is an empty array; otherwise
1805 * the DBO_COMPRESS flag must be set in the 'flags' option of the database
1806 * connection to achieve the same functionality.
1807 */
1808 $wgDBcompress = false;
1809
1810 /**
1811 * Separate username for maintenance tasks. Leave as null to use the default.
1812 */
1813 $wgDBadminuser = null;
1814
1815 /**
1816 * Separate password for maintenance tasks. Leave as null to use the default.
1817 */
1818 $wgDBadminpassword = null;
1819
1820 /**
1821 * Search type.
1822 * Leave as null to select the default search engine for the
1823 * selected database type (eg SearchMySQL), or set to a class
1824 * name to override to a custom search engine.
1825 */
1826 $wgSearchType = null;
1827
1828 /**
1829 * Alternative search types
1830 * Sometimes you want to support multiple search engines for testing. This
1831 * allows users to select their search engine of choice via url parameters
1832 * to Special:Search and the action=search API. If using this, there's no
1833 * need to add $wgSearchType to it, that is handled automatically.
1834 */
1835 $wgSearchTypeAlternatives = null;
1836
1837 /**
1838 * Table name prefix
1839 */
1840 $wgDBprefix = '';
1841
1842 /**
1843 * MySQL table options to use during installation or update
1844 */
1845 $wgDBTableOptions = 'ENGINE=InnoDB';
1846
1847 /**
1848 * SQL Mode - default is turning off all modes, including strict, if set.
1849 * null can be used to skip the setting for performance reasons and assume
1850 * DBA has done his best job.
1851 * String override can be used for some additional fun :-)
1852 */
1853 $wgSQLMode = '';
1854
1855 /**
1856 * Mediawiki schema
1857 */
1858 $wgDBmwschema = null;
1859
1860 /**
1861 * To override default SQLite data directory ($docroot/../data)
1862 */
1863 $wgSQLiteDataDir = '';
1864
1865 /**
1866 * Shared database for multiple wikis. Commonly used for storing a user table
1867 * for single sign-on. The server for this database must be the same as for the
1868 * main database.
1869 *
1870 * For backwards compatibility the shared prefix is set to the same as the local
1871 * prefix, and the user table is listed in the default list of shared tables.
1872 * The user_properties table is also added so that users will continue to have their
1873 * preferences shared (preferences were stored in the user table prior to 1.16)
1874 *
1875 * $wgSharedTables may be customized with a list of tables to share in the shared
1876 * database. However it is advised to limit what tables you do share as many of
1877 * MediaWiki's tables may have side effects if you try to share them.
1878 *
1879 * $wgSharedPrefix is the table prefix for the shared database. It defaults to
1880 * $wgDBprefix.
1881 *
1882 * $wgSharedSchema is the table schema for the shared database. It defaults to
1883 * $wgDBmwschema.
1884 *
1885 * @deprecated since 1.21 In new code, use the $wiki parameter to wfGetLB() to
1886 * access remote databases. Using wfGetLB() allows the shared database to
1887 * reside on separate servers to the wiki's own database, with suitable
1888 * configuration of $wgLBFactoryConf.
1889 */
1890 $wgSharedDB = null;
1891
1892 /**
1893 * @see $wgSharedDB
1894 */
1895 $wgSharedPrefix = false;
1896
1897 /**
1898 * @see $wgSharedDB
1899 */
1900 $wgSharedTables = [ 'user', 'user_properties' ];
1901
1902 /**
1903 * @see $wgSharedDB
1904 * @since 1.23
1905 */
1906 $wgSharedSchema = false;
1907
1908 /**
1909 * Database load balancer
1910 * This is a two-dimensional array, an array of server info structures
1911 * Fields are:
1912 * - host: Host name
1913 * - dbname: Default database name
1914 * - user: DB user
1915 * - password: DB password
1916 * - type: DB type
1917 *
1918 * - load: Ratio of DB_REPLICA load, must be >=0, the sum of all loads must be >0.
1919 * If this is zero for any given server, no normal query traffic will be
1920 * sent to it. It will be excluded from lag checks in maintenance scripts.
1921 * The only way it can receive traffic is if groupLoads is used.
1922 *
1923 * - groupLoads: array of load ratios, the key is the query group name. A query may belong
1924 * to several groups, the most specific group defined here is used.
1925 *
1926 * - flags: bit field
1927 * - DBO_DEFAULT -- turns on DBO_TRX only if "cliMode" is off (recommended)
1928 * - DBO_DEBUG -- equivalent of $wgDebugDumpSql
1929 * - DBO_TRX -- wrap entire request in a transaction
1930 * - DBO_NOBUFFER -- turn off buffering (not useful in LocalSettings.php)
1931 * - DBO_PERSISTENT -- enables persistent database connections
1932 * - DBO_SSL -- uses SSL/TLS encryption in database connections, if available
1933 * - DBO_COMPRESS -- uses internal compression in database connections,
1934 * if available
1935 *
1936 * - max lag: (optional) Maximum replication lag before a replica DB goes out of rotation
1937 * - is static: (optional) Set to true if the dataset is static and no replication is used.
1938 * - cliMode: (optional) Connection handles will not assume that requests are short-lived
1939 * nor that INSERT..SELECT can be rewritten into a buffered SELECT and INSERT.
1940 * [Default: uses value of $wgCommandLineMode]
1941 *
1942 * These and any other user-defined properties will be assigned to the mLBInfo member
1943 * variable of the Database object.
1944 *
1945 * Leave at false to use the single-server variables above. If you set this
1946 * variable, the single-server variables will generally be ignored (except
1947 * perhaps in some command-line scripts).
1948 *
1949 * The first server listed in this array (with key 0) will be the master. The
1950 * rest of the servers will be replica DBs. To prevent writes to your replica DBs due to
1951 * accidental misconfiguration or MediaWiki bugs, set read_only=1 on all your
1952 * replica DBs in my.cnf. You can set read_only mode at runtime using:
1953 *
1954 * @code
1955 * SET @@read_only=1;
1956 * @endcode
1957 *
1958 * Since the effect of writing to a replica DB is so damaging and difficult to clean
1959 * up, we at Wikimedia set read_only=1 in my.cnf on all our DB servers, even
1960 * our masters, and then set read_only=0 on masters at runtime.
1961 */
1962 $wgDBservers = false;
1963
1964 /**
1965 * Load balancer factory configuration
1966 * To set up a multi-master wiki farm, set the class here to something that
1967 * can return a LoadBalancer with an appropriate master on a call to getMainLB().
1968 * The class identified here is responsible for reading $wgDBservers,
1969 * $wgDBserver, etc., so overriding it may cause those globals to be ignored.
1970 *
1971 * The LBFactoryMulti class is provided for this purpose, please see
1972 * includes/db/LBFactoryMulti.php for configuration information.
1973 */
1974 $wgLBFactoryConf = [ 'class' => 'LBFactorySimple' ];
1975
1976 /**
1977 * After a state-changing request is done by a client, this determines
1978 * how many seconds that client should keep using the master datacenter.
1979 * This avoids unexpected stale or 404 responses due to replication lag.
1980 * @since 1.27
1981 */
1982 $wgDataCenterUpdateStickTTL = 10;
1983
1984 /**
1985 * File to log database errors to
1986 */
1987 $wgDBerrorLog = false;
1988
1989 /**
1990 * Timezone to use in the error log.
1991 * Defaults to the wiki timezone ($wgLocaltimezone).
1992 *
1993 * A list of usable timezones can found at:
1994 * https://secure.php.net/manual/en/timezones.php
1995 *
1996 * @par Examples:
1997 * @code
1998 * $wgDBerrorLogTZ = 'UTC';
1999 * $wgDBerrorLogTZ = 'GMT';
2000 * $wgDBerrorLogTZ = 'PST8PDT';
2001 * $wgDBerrorLogTZ = 'Europe/Sweden';
2002 * $wgDBerrorLogTZ = 'CET';
2003 * @endcode
2004 *
2005 * @since 1.20
2006 */
2007 $wgDBerrorLogTZ = false;
2008
2009 /**
2010 * Set to true to engage MySQL 4.1/5.0 charset-related features;
2011 * for now will just cause sending of 'SET NAMES=utf8' on connect.
2012 *
2013 * @warning THIS IS EXPERIMENTAL!
2014 *
2015 * May break if you're not using the table defs from mysql5/tables.sql.
2016 * May break if you're upgrading an existing wiki if set differently.
2017 * Broken symptoms likely to include incorrect behavior with page titles,
2018 * usernames, comments etc containing non-ASCII characters.
2019 * Might also cause failures on the object cache and other things.
2020 *
2021 * Even correct usage may cause failures with Unicode supplementary
2022 * characters (those not in the Basic Multilingual Plane) unless MySQL
2023 * has enhanced their Unicode support.
2024 */
2025 $wgDBmysql5 = false;
2026
2027 /**
2028 * Set true to enable Oracle DCRP (supported from 11gR1 onward)
2029 *
2030 * To use this feature set to true and use a datasource defined as
2031 * POOLED (i.e. in tnsnames definition set server=pooled in connect_data
2032 * block).
2033 *
2034 * Starting from 11gR1 you can use DCRP (Database Resident Connection
2035 * Pool) that maintains established sessions and reuses them on new
2036 * connections.
2037 *
2038 * Not completely tested, but it should fall back on normal connection
2039 * in case the pool is full or the datasource is not configured as
2040 * pooled.
2041 * And the other way around; using oci_pconnect on a non pooled
2042 * datasource should produce a normal connection.
2043 *
2044 * When it comes to frequent shortlived DB connections like with MW
2045 * Oracle tends to s***. The problem is the driver connects to the
2046 * database reasonably fast, but establishing a session takes time and
2047 * resources. MW does not rely on session state (as it does not use
2048 * features such as package variables) so establishing a valid session
2049 * is in this case an unwanted overhead that just slows things down.
2050 *
2051 * @warning EXPERIMENTAL!
2052 */
2053 $wgDBOracleDRCP = false;
2054
2055 /**
2056 * Other wikis on this site, can be administered from a single developer
2057 * account.
2058 * Array numeric key => database name
2059 */
2060 $wgLocalDatabases = [];
2061
2062 /**
2063 * If lag is higher than $wgSlaveLagWarning, show a warning in some special
2064 * pages (like watchlist). If the lag is higher than $wgSlaveLagCritical,
2065 * show a more obvious warning.
2066 */
2067 $wgSlaveLagWarning = 10;
2068
2069 /**
2070 * @see $wgSlaveLagWarning
2071 */
2072 $wgSlaveLagCritical = 30;
2073
2074 /**
2075 * Use Windows Authentication instead of $wgDBuser / $wgDBpassword for MS SQL Server
2076 */
2077 $wgDBWindowsAuthentication = false;
2078
2079 /**@}*/ # End of DB settings }
2080
2081 /************************************************************************//**
2082 * @name Text storage
2083 * @{
2084 */
2085
2086 /**
2087 * We can also compress text stored in the 'text' table. If this is set on, new
2088 * revisions will be compressed on page save if zlib support is available. Any
2089 * compressed revisions will be decompressed on load regardless of this setting,
2090 * but will not be readable at all* if zlib support is not available.
2091 */
2092 $wgCompressRevisions = false;
2093
2094 /**
2095 * External stores allow including content
2096 * from non database sources following URL links.
2097 *
2098 * Short names of ExternalStore classes may be specified in an array here:
2099 * @code
2100 * $wgExternalStores = [ "http","file","custom" ]...
2101 * @endcode
2102 *
2103 * CAUTION: Access to database might lead to code execution
2104 */
2105 $wgExternalStores = [];
2106
2107 /**
2108 * An array of external MySQL servers.
2109 *
2110 * @par Example:
2111 * Create a cluster named 'cluster1' containing three servers:
2112 * @code
2113 * $wgExternalServers = [
2114 * 'cluster1' => <array in the same format as $wgDBservers>
2115 * ];
2116 * @endcode
2117 *
2118 * Used by LBFactorySimple, may be ignored if $wgLBFactoryConf is set to
2119 * another class.
2120 */
2121 $wgExternalServers = [];
2122
2123 /**
2124 * The place to put new revisions, false to put them in the local text table.
2125 * Part of a URL, e.g. DB://cluster1
2126 *
2127 * Can be an array instead of a single string, to enable data distribution. Keys
2128 * must be consecutive integers, starting at zero.
2129 *
2130 * @par Example:
2131 * @code
2132 * $wgDefaultExternalStore = [ 'DB://cluster1', 'DB://cluster2' ];
2133 * @endcode
2134 *
2135 * @var array
2136 */
2137 $wgDefaultExternalStore = false;
2138
2139 /**
2140 * Revision text may be cached in $wgMemc to reduce load on external storage
2141 * servers and object extraction overhead for frequently-loaded revisions.
2142 *
2143 * Set to 0 to disable, or number of seconds before cache expiry.
2144 */
2145 $wgRevisionCacheExpiry = 86400 * 7;
2146
2147 /** @} */ # end text storage }
2148
2149 /************************************************************************//**
2150 * @name Performance hacks and limits
2151 * @{
2152 */
2153
2154 /**
2155 * Disable database-intensive features
2156 */
2157 $wgMiserMode = false;
2158
2159 /**
2160 * Disable all query pages if miser mode is on, not just some
2161 */
2162 $wgDisableQueryPages = false;
2163
2164 /**
2165 * Number of rows to cache in 'querycache' table when miser mode is on
2166 */
2167 $wgQueryCacheLimit = 1000;
2168
2169 /**
2170 * Number of links to a page required before it is deemed "wanted"
2171 */
2172 $wgWantedPagesThreshold = 1;
2173
2174 /**
2175 * Enable slow parser functions
2176 */
2177 $wgAllowSlowParserFunctions = false;
2178
2179 /**
2180 * Allow schema updates
2181 */
2182 $wgAllowSchemaUpdates = true;
2183
2184 /**
2185 * Maximum article size in kilobytes
2186 */
2187 $wgMaxArticleSize = 2048;
2188
2189 /**
2190 * The minimum amount of memory that MediaWiki "needs"; MediaWiki will try to
2191 * raise PHP's memory limit if it's below this amount.
2192 */
2193 $wgMemoryLimit = "50M";
2194
2195 /**
2196 * The minimum amount of time that MediaWiki needs for "slow" write request,
2197 * particularly ones with multiple non-atomic writes that *should* be as
2198 * transactional as possible; MediaWiki will call set_time_limit() if needed.
2199 * @since 1.26
2200 */
2201 $wgTransactionalTimeLimit = 120;
2202
2203 /** @} */ # end performance hacks }
2204
2205 /************************************************************************//**
2206 * @name Cache settings
2207 * @{
2208 */
2209
2210 /**
2211 * Directory for caching data in the local filesystem. Should not be accessible
2212 * from the web.
2213 *
2214 * Note: if multiple wikis share the same localisation cache directory, they
2215 * must all have the same set of extensions. You can set a directory just for
2216 * the localisation cache using $wgLocalisationCacheConf['storeDirectory'].
2217 */
2218 $wgCacheDirectory = false;
2219
2220 /**
2221 * Main cache type. This should be a cache with fast access, but it may have
2222 * limited space. By default, it is disabled, since the stock database cache
2223 * is not fast enough to make it worthwhile.
2224 *
2225 * The options are:
2226 *
2227 * - CACHE_ANYTHING: Use anything, as long as it works
2228 * - CACHE_NONE: Do not cache
2229 * - CACHE_DB: Store cache objects in the DB
2230 * - CACHE_MEMCACHED: MemCached, must specify servers in $wgMemCachedServers
2231 * - CACHE_ACCEL: APC, APCU, XCache or WinCache
2232 * - (other): A string may be used which identifies a cache
2233 * configuration in $wgObjectCaches.
2234 *
2235 * @see $wgMessageCacheType, $wgParserCacheType
2236 */
2237 $wgMainCacheType = CACHE_NONE;
2238
2239 /**
2240 * The cache type for storing the contents of the MediaWiki namespace. This
2241 * cache is used for a small amount of data which is expensive to regenerate.
2242 *
2243 * For available types see $wgMainCacheType.
2244 */
2245 $wgMessageCacheType = CACHE_ANYTHING;
2246
2247 /**
2248 * The cache type for storing article HTML. This is used to store data which
2249 * is expensive to regenerate, and benefits from having plenty of storage space.
2250 *
2251 * For available types see $wgMainCacheType.
2252 */
2253 $wgParserCacheType = CACHE_ANYTHING;
2254
2255 /**
2256 * The cache type for storing session data.
2257 *
2258 * For available types see $wgMainCacheType.
2259 */
2260 $wgSessionCacheType = CACHE_ANYTHING;
2261
2262 /**
2263 * The cache type for storing language conversion tables,
2264 * which are used when parsing certain text and interface messages.
2265 *
2266 * For available types see $wgMainCacheType.
2267 *
2268 * @since 1.20
2269 */
2270 $wgLanguageConverterCacheType = CACHE_ANYTHING;
2271
2272 /**
2273 * Advanced object cache configuration.
2274 *
2275 * Use this to define the class names and constructor parameters which are used
2276 * for the various cache types. Custom cache types may be defined here and
2277 * referenced from $wgMainCacheType, $wgMessageCacheType, $wgParserCacheType,
2278 * or $wgLanguageConverterCacheType.
2279 *
2280 * The format is an associative array where the key is a cache identifier, and
2281 * the value is an associative array of parameters. The "class" parameter is the
2282 * class name which will be used. Alternatively, a "factory" parameter may be
2283 * given, giving a callable function which will generate a suitable cache object.
2284 */
2285 $wgObjectCaches = [
2286 CACHE_NONE => [ 'class' => 'EmptyBagOStuff', 'reportDupes' => false ],
2287 CACHE_DB => [ 'class' => 'SqlBagOStuff', 'loggroup' => 'SQLBagOStuff' ],
2288
2289 CACHE_ANYTHING => [ 'factory' => 'ObjectCache::newAnything' ],
2290 CACHE_ACCEL => [ 'factory' => 'ObjectCache::getLocalServerInstance' ],
2291 CACHE_MEMCACHED => [ 'class' => 'MemcachedPhpBagOStuff', 'loggroup' => 'memcached' ],
2292
2293 'db-replicated' => [
2294 'class' => 'ReplicatedBagOStuff',
2295 'readFactory' => [
2296 'class' => 'SqlBagOStuff',
2297 'args' => [ [ 'slaveOnly' => true ] ]
2298 ],
2299 'writeFactory' => [
2300 'class' => 'SqlBagOStuff',
2301 'args' => [ [ 'slaveOnly' => false ] ]
2302 ],
2303 'loggroup' => 'SQLBagOStuff',
2304 'reportDupes' => false
2305 ],
2306
2307 'apc' => [ 'class' => 'APCBagOStuff', 'reportDupes' => false ],
2308 'apcu' => [ 'class' => 'APCUBagOStuff', 'reportDupes' => false ],
2309 'xcache' => [ 'class' => 'XCacheBagOStuff', 'reportDupes' => false ],
2310 'wincache' => [ 'class' => 'WinCacheBagOStuff', 'reportDupes' => false ],
2311 'memcached-php' => [ 'class' => 'MemcachedPhpBagOStuff', 'loggroup' => 'memcached' ],
2312 'memcached-pecl' => [ 'class' => 'MemcachedPeclBagOStuff', 'loggroup' => 'memcached' ],
2313 'hash' => [ 'class' => 'HashBagOStuff', 'reportDupes' => false ],
2314 ];
2315
2316 /**
2317 * Main Wide-Area-Network cache type. This should be a cache with fast access,
2318 * but it may have limited space. By default, it is disabled, since the basic stock
2319 * cache is not fast enough to make it worthwhile. For single data-center setups, this can
2320 * simply be pointed to a cache in $wgWANObjectCaches that uses a local $wgObjectCaches
2321 * cache with a relayer of type EventRelayerNull.
2322 *
2323 * The options are:
2324 * - false: Configure the cache using $wgMainCacheType, without using
2325 * a relayer (only matters if there are multiple data-centers)
2326 * - CACHE_NONE: Do not cache
2327 * - (other): A string may be used which identifies a cache
2328 * configuration in $wgWANObjectCaches
2329 * @since 1.26
2330 */
2331 $wgMainWANCache = false;
2332
2333 /**
2334 * Advanced WAN object cache configuration.
2335 *
2336 * Each WAN cache wraps a registered object cache (for the local cluster)
2337 * and it must also be configured to point to a PubSub instance. Subscribers
2338 * must be configured to relay purges to the actual cache servers.
2339 *
2340 * The format is an associative array where the key is a cache identifier, and
2341 * the value is an associative array of parameters. The "cacheId" parameter is
2342 * a cache identifier from $wgObjectCaches. The "channels" parameter is a map of
2343 * actions ('purge') to PubSub channels defined in $wgEventRelayerConfig.
2344 * The "loggroup" parameter controls where log events are sent.
2345 *
2346 * @since 1.26
2347 */
2348 $wgWANObjectCaches = [
2349 CACHE_NONE => [
2350 'class' => 'WANObjectCache',
2351 'cacheId' => CACHE_NONE,
2352 'channels' => []
2353 ]
2354 /* Example of a simple single data-center cache:
2355 'memcached-php' => [
2356 'class' => 'WANObjectCache',
2357 'cacheId' => 'memcached-php',
2358 'channels' => [ 'purge' => 'wancache-main-memcached-purge' ]
2359 ]
2360 */
2361 ];
2362
2363 /**
2364 * Verify and enforce WAN cache purges using reliable DB sources as streams.
2365 *
2366 * These secondary cache purges are de-duplicated via simple cache mutexes.
2367 * This improves consistency when cache purges are lost, which becomes more likely
2368 * as more cache servers are added or if there are multiple datacenters. Only keys
2369 * related to important mutable content will be checked.
2370 *
2371 * @var bool
2372 * @since 1.29
2373 */
2374 $wgEnableWANCacheReaper = false;
2375
2376 /**
2377 * Main object stash type. This should be a fast storage system for storing
2378 * lightweight data like hit counters and user activity. Sites with multiple
2379 * data-centers should have this use a store that replicates all writes. The
2380 * store should have enough consistency for CAS operations to be usable.
2381 * Reads outside of those needed for merge() may be eventually consistent.
2382 *
2383 * The options are:
2384 * - db: Store cache objects in the DB
2385 * - (other): A string may be used which identifies a cache
2386 * configuration in $wgObjectCaches
2387 *
2388 * @since 1.26
2389 */
2390 $wgMainStash = 'db-replicated';
2391
2392 /**
2393 * The expiry time for the parser cache, in seconds.
2394 * The default is 86400 (one day).
2395 */
2396 $wgParserCacheExpireTime = 86400;
2397
2398 /**
2399 * @deprecated since 1.27, session data is always stored in object cache.
2400 */
2401 $wgSessionsInObjectCache = true;
2402
2403 /**
2404 * The expiry time to use for session storage, in seconds.
2405 */
2406 $wgObjectCacheSessionExpiry = 3600;
2407
2408 /**
2409 * @deprecated since 1.27, MediaWiki\Session\SessionManager doesn't use PHP session storage.
2410 */
2411 $wgSessionHandler = null;
2412
2413 /**
2414 * Whether to use PHP session handling ($_SESSION and session_*() functions)
2415 *
2416 * If the constant MW_NO_SESSION is defined, this is forced to 'disable'.
2417 *
2418 * If the constant MW_NO_SESSION_HANDLER is defined, this is ignored and PHP
2419 * session handling will function independently of SessionHandler.
2420 * SessionHandler and PHP's session handling may attempt to override each
2421 * others' cookies.
2422 *
2423 * @since 1.27
2424 * @var string
2425 * - 'enable': Integrate with PHP's session handling as much as possible.
2426 * - 'warn': Integrate but log warnings if anything changes $_SESSION.
2427 * - 'disable': Throw exceptions if PHP session handling is used.
2428 */
2429 $wgPHPSessionHandling = 'enable';
2430
2431 /**
2432 * Number of internal PBKDF2 iterations to use when deriving session secrets.
2433 *
2434 * @since 1.28
2435 */
2436 $wgSessionPbkdf2Iterations = 10001;
2437
2438 /**
2439 * If enabled, will send MemCached debugging information to $wgDebugLogFile
2440 */
2441 $wgMemCachedDebug = false;
2442
2443 /**
2444 * The list of MemCached servers and port numbers
2445 */
2446 $wgMemCachedServers = [ '127.0.0.1:11211' ];
2447
2448 /**
2449 * Use persistent connections to MemCached, which are shared across multiple
2450 * requests.
2451 */
2452 $wgMemCachedPersistent = false;
2453
2454 /**
2455 * Read/write timeout for MemCached server communication, in microseconds.
2456 */
2457 $wgMemCachedTimeout = 500000;
2458
2459 /**
2460 * Set this to true to maintain a copy of the message cache on the local server.
2461 *
2462 * This layer of message cache is in addition to the one configured by $wgMessageCacheType.
2463 *
2464 * The local copy is put in APC. If APC is not installed, this setting does nothing.
2465 *
2466 * Note that this is about the message cache, which stores interface messages
2467 * maintained as wiki pages. This is separate from the localisation cache for interface
2468 * messages provided by the software, which is configured by $wgLocalisationCacheConf.
2469 */
2470 $wgUseLocalMessageCache = false;
2471
2472 /**
2473 * Instead of caching everything, only cache those messages which have
2474 * been customised in the site content language. This means that
2475 * MediaWiki:Foo/ja is ignored if MediaWiki:Foo doesn't exist.
2476 * This option is probably only useful for translatewiki.net.
2477 */
2478 $wgAdaptiveMessageCache = false;
2479
2480 /**
2481 * Localisation cache configuration. Associative array with keys:
2482 * class: The class to use. May be overridden by extensions.
2483 *
2484 * store: The location to store cache data. May be 'files', 'array', 'db' or
2485 * 'detect'. If set to "files", data will be in CDB files. If set
2486 * to "db", data will be stored to the database. If set to
2487 * "detect", files will be used if $wgCacheDirectory is set,
2488 * otherwise the database will be used.
2489 * "array" is an experimental option that uses PHP files that
2490 * store static arrays.
2491 *
2492 * storeClass: The class name for the underlying storage. If set to a class
2493 * name, it overrides the "store" setting.
2494 *
2495 * storeDirectory: If the store class puts its data in files, this is the
2496 * directory it will use. If this is false, $wgCacheDirectory
2497 * will be used.
2498 *
2499 * manualRecache: Set this to true to disable cache updates on web requests.
2500 * Use maintenance/rebuildLocalisationCache.php instead.
2501 */
2502 $wgLocalisationCacheConf = [
2503 'class' => 'LocalisationCache',
2504 'store' => 'detect',
2505 'storeClass' => false,
2506 'storeDirectory' => false,
2507 'manualRecache' => false,
2508 ];
2509
2510 /**
2511 * Allow client-side caching of pages
2512 */
2513 $wgCachePages = true;
2514
2515 /**
2516 * Set this to current time to invalidate all prior cached pages. Affects both
2517 * client-side and server-side caching.
2518 * You can get the current date on your server by using the command:
2519 * @verbatim
2520 * date +%Y%m%d%H%M%S
2521 * @endverbatim
2522 */
2523 $wgCacheEpoch = '20030516000000';
2524
2525 /**
2526 * Directory where GitInfo will look for pre-computed cache files. If false,
2527 * $wgCacheDirectory/gitinfo will be used.
2528 */
2529 $wgGitInfoCacheDirectory = false;
2530
2531 /**
2532 * Bump this number when changing the global style sheets and JavaScript.
2533 *
2534 * It should be appended in the query string of static CSS and JS includes,
2535 * to ensure that client-side caches do not keep obsolete copies of global
2536 * styles.
2537 */
2538 $wgStyleVersion = '303';
2539
2540 /**
2541 * This will cache static pages for non-logged-in users to reduce
2542 * database traffic on public sites. ResourceLoader requests to default
2543 * language and skins are cached as well as single module requests.
2544 */
2545 $wgUseFileCache = false;
2546
2547 /**
2548 * Depth of the subdirectory hierarchy to be created under
2549 * $wgFileCacheDirectory. The subdirectories will be named based on
2550 * the MD5 hash of the title. A value of 0 means all cache files will
2551 * be put directly into the main file cache directory.
2552 */
2553 $wgFileCacheDepth = 2;
2554
2555 /**
2556 * Kept for extension compatibility; see $wgParserCacheType
2557 * @deprecated since 1.26
2558 */
2559 $wgEnableParserCache = true;
2560
2561 /**
2562 * Append a configured value to the parser cache and the sitenotice key so
2563 * that they can be kept separate for some class of activity.
2564 */
2565 $wgRenderHashAppend = '';
2566
2567 /**
2568 * If on, the sidebar navigation links are cached for users with the
2569 * current language set. This can save a touch of load on a busy site
2570 * by shaving off extra message lookups.
2571 *
2572 * However it is also fragile: changing the site configuration, or
2573 * having a variable $wgArticlePath, can produce broken links that
2574 * don't update as expected.
2575 */
2576 $wgEnableSidebarCache = false;
2577
2578 /**
2579 * Expiry time for the sidebar cache, in seconds
2580 */
2581 $wgSidebarCacheExpiry = 86400;
2582
2583 /**
2584 * When using the file cache, we can store the cached HTML gzipped to save disk
2585 * space. Pages will then also be served compressed to clients that support it.
2586 *
2587 * Requires zlib support enabled in PHP.
2588 */
2589 $wgUseGzip = false;
2590
2591 /**
2592 * Clock skew or the one-second resolution of time() can occasionally cause cache
2593 * problems when the user requests two pages within a short period of time. This
2594 * variable adds a given number of seconds to vulnerable timestamps, thereby giving
2595 * a grace period.
2596 */
2597 $wgClockSkewFudge = 5;
2598
2599 /**
2600 * Invalidate various caches when LocalSettings.php changes. This is equivalent
2601 * to setting $wgCacheEpoch to the modification time of LocalSettings.php, as
2602 * was previously done in the default LocalSettings.php file.
2603 *
2604 * On high-traffic wikis, this should be set to false, to avoid the need to
2605 * check the file modification time, and to avoid the performance impact of
2606 * unnecessary cache invalidations.
2607 */
2608 $wgInvalidateCacheOnLocalSettingsChange = true;
2609
2610 /**
2611 * When loading extensions through the extension registration system, this
2612 * can be used to invalidate the cache. A good idea would be to set this to
2613 * one file, you can just `touch` that one to invalidate the cache
2614 *
2615 * @par Example:
2616 * @code
2617 * $wgExtensionInfoMtime = filemtime( "$IP/LocalSettings.php" );
2618 * @endcode
2619 *
2620 * If set to false, the mtime for each individual JSON file will be checked,
2621 * which can be slow if a large number of extensions are being loaded.
2622 *
2623 * @var int|bool
2624 */
2625 $wgExtensionInfoMTime = false;
2626
2627 /** @} */ # end of cache settings
2628
2629 /************************************************************************//**
2630 * @name HTTP proxy (CDN) settings
2631 *
2632 * Many of these settings apply to any HTTP proxy used in front of MediaWiki,
2633 * although they are referred to as Squid settings for historical reasons.
2634 *
2635 * Achieving a high hit ratio with an HTTP proxy requires special
2636 * configuration. See https://www.mediawiki.org/wiki/Manual:Squid_caching for
2637 * more details.
2638 *
2639 * @{
2640 */
2641
2642 /**
2643 * Enable/disable CDN.
2644 * See https://www.mediawiki.org/wiki/Manual:Squid_caching
2645 */
2646 $wgUseSquid = false;
2647
2648 /**
2649 * If you run Squid3 with ESI support, enable this (default:false):
2650 */
2651 $wgUseESI = false;
2652
2653 /**
2654 * Send the Key HTTP header for better caching.
2655 * See https://datatracker.ietf.org/doc/draft-fielding-http-key/ for details.
2656 * @since 1.27
2657 */
2658 $wgUseKeyHeader = false;
2659
2660 /**
2661 * Add X-Forwarded-Proto to the Vary and Key headers for API requests and
2662 * RSS/Atom feeds. Use this if you have an SSL termination setup
2663 * and need to split the cache between HTTP and HTTPS for API requests,
2664 * feed requests and HTTP redirect responses in order to prevent cache
2665 * pollution. This does not affect 'normal' requests to index.php other than
2666 * HTTP redirects.
2667 */
2668 $wgVaryOnXFP = false;
2669
2670 /**
2671 * Internal server name as known to CDN, if different.
2672 *
2673 * @par Example:
2674 * @code
2675 * $wgInternalServer = 'http://yourinternal.tld:8000';
2676 * @endcode
2677 */
2678 $wgInternalServer = false;
2679
2680 /**
2681 * Cache TTL for the CDN sent as s-maxage (without ESI) or
2682 * Surrogate-Control (with ESI). Without ESI, you should strip
2683 * out s-maxage in the CDN config.
2684 *
2685 * 18000 seconds = 5 hours, more cache hits with 2678400 = 31 days.
2686 */
2687 $wgSquidMaxage = 18000;
2688
2689 /**
2690 * Cache timeout for the CDN when DB replica DB lag is high
2691 * @see $wgSquidMaxage
2692 * @since 1.27
2693 */
2694 $wgCdnMaxageLagged = 30;
2695
2696 /**
2697 * If set, any SquidPurge call on a URL or URLs will send a second purge no less than
2698 * this many seconds later via the job queue. This requires delayed job support.
2699 * This should be safely higher than the 'max lag' value in $wgLBFactoryConf, so that
2700 * replica DB lag does not cause page to be stuck in stales states in CDN.
2701 *
2702 * This also fixes race conditions in two-tiered CDN setups (e.g. cdn2 => cdn1 => MediaWiki).
2703 * If a purge for a URL reaches cdn2 before cdn1 and a request reaches cdn2 for that URL,
2704 * it will populate the response from the stale cdn1 value. When cdn1 gets the purge, cdn2
2705 * will still be stale. If the rebound purge delay is safely higher than the time to relay
2706 * a purge to all nodes, then the rebound puge will clear cdn2 after cdn1 was cleared.
2707 *
2708 * @since 1.27
2709 */
2710 $wgCdnReboundPurgeDelay = 0;
2711
2712 /**
2713 * Cache timeout for the CDN when a response is known to be wrong or incomplete (due to load)
2714 * @see $wgSquidMaxage
2715 * @since 1.27
2716 */
2717 $wgCdnMaxageSubstitute = 60;
2718
2719 /**
2720 * Default maximum age for raw CSS/JS accesses
2721 *
2722 * 300 seconds = 5 minutes.
2723 */
2724 $wgForcedRawSMaxage = 300;
2725
2726 /**
2727 * List of proxy servers to purge on changes; default port is 80. Use IP addresses.
2728 *
2729 * When MediaWiki is running behind a proxy, it will trust X-Forwarded-For
2730 * headers sent/modified from these proxies when obtaining the remote IP address
2731 *
2732 * For a list of trusted servers which *aren't* purged, see $wgSquidServersNoPurge.
2733 */
2734 $wgSquidServers = [];
2735
2736 /**
2737 * As above, except these servers aren't purged on page changes; use to set a
2738 * list of trusted proxies, etc. Supports both individual IP addresses and
2739 * CIDR blocks.
2740 * @since 1.23 Supports CIDR ranges
2741 */
2742 $wgSquidServersNoPurge = [];
2743
2744 /**
2745 * Whether to use a Host header in purge requests sent to the proxy servers
2746 * configured in $wgSquidServers. Set this to false to support Squid
2747 * configured in forward-proxy mode.
2748 *
2749 * If this is set to true, a Host header will be sent, and only the path
2750 * component of the URL will appear on the request line, as if the request
2751 * were a non-proxy HTTP 1.1 request. Varnish only supports this style of
2752 * request. Squid supports this style of request only if reverse-proxy mode
2753 * (http_port ... accel) is enabled.
2754 *
2755 * If this is set to false, no Host header will be sent, and the absolute URL
2756 * will be sent in the request line, as is the standard for an HTTP proxy
2757 * request in both HTTP 1.0 and 1.1. This style of request is not supported
2758 * by Varnish, but is supported by Squid in either configuration (forward or
2759 * reverse).
2760 *
2761 * @since 1.21
2762 */
2763 $wgSquidPurgeUseHostHeader = true;
2764
2765 /**
2766 * Routing configuration for HTCP multicast purging. Add elements here to
2767 * enable HTCP and determine which purges are sent where. If set to an empty
2768 * array, HTCP is disabled.
2769 *
2770 * Each key in this array is a regular expression to match against the purged
2771 * URL, or an empty string to match all URLs. The purged URL is matched against
2772 * the regexes in the order specified, and the first rule whose regex matches
2773 * is used, all remaining rules will thus be ignored.
2774 *
2775 * @par Example configuration to send purges for upload.wikimedia.org to one
2776 * multicast group and all other purges to another:
2777 * @code
2778 * $wgHTCPRouting = [
2779 * '|^https?://upload\.wikimedia\.org|' => [
2780 * 'host' => '239.128.0.113',
2781 * 'port' => 4827,
2782 * ],
2783 * '' => [
2784 * 'host' => '239.128.0.112',
2785 * 'port' => 4827,
2786 * ],
2787 * ];
2788 * @endcode
2789 *
2790 * You can also pass an array of hosts to send purges too. This is useful when
2791 * you have several multicast groups or unicast address that should receive a
2792 * given purge. Multiple hosts support was introduced in MediaWiki 1.22.
2793 *
2794 * @par Example of sending purges to multiple hosts:
2795 * @code
2796 * $wgHTCPRouting = [
2797 * '' => [
2798 * // Purges to text caches using multicast
2799 * [ 'host' => '239.128.0.114', 'port' => '4827' ],
2800 * // Purges to a hardcoded list of caches
2801 * [ 'host' => '10.88.66.1', 'port' => '4827' ],
2802 * [ 'host' => '10.88.66.2', 'port' => '4827' ],
2803 * [ 'host' => '10.88.66.3', 'port' => '4827' ],
2804 * ],
2805 * ];
2806 * @endcode
2807 *
2808 * @since 1.22
2809 *
2810 * $wgHTCPRouting replaces $wgHTCPMulticastRouting that was introduced in 1.20.
2811 * For back compatibility purposes, whenever its array is empty
2812 * $wgHTCPMutlicastRouting will be used as a fallback if it not null.
2813 *
2814 * @see $wgHTCPMulticastTTL
2815 */
2816 $wgHTCPRouting = [];
2817
2818 /**
2819 * HTCP multicast TTL.
2820 * @see $wgHTCPRouting
2821 */
2822 $wgHTCPMulticastTTL = 1;
2823
2824 /**
2825 * Should forwarded Private IPs be accepted?
2826 */
2827 $wgUsePrivateIPs = false;
2828
2829 /** @} */ # end of HTTP proxy settings
2830
2831 /************************************************************************//**
2832 * @name Language, regional and character encoding settings
2833 * @{
2834 */
2835
2836 /**
2837 * Site language code. See languages/data/Names.php for languages supported by
2838 * MediaWiki out of the box. Not all languages listed there have translations,
2839 * see languages/messages/ for the list of languages with some localisation.
2840 *
2841 * Warning: Don't use any of MediaWiki's deprecated language codes listed in
2842 * LanguageCode::getDeprecatedCodeMapping or $wgDummyLanguageCodes, like "no"
2843 * for Norwegian (use "nb" instead). If you do, things will break unexpectedly.
2844 *
2845 * This defines the default interface language for all users, but users can
2846 * change it in their preferences.
2847 *
2848 * This also defines the language of pages in the wiki. The content is wrapped
2849 * in a html element with lang=XX attribute. This behavior can be overridden
2850 * via hooks, see Title::getPageLanguage.
2851 */
2852 $wgLanguageCode = 'en';
2853
2854 /**
2855 * Language cache size, or really how many languages can we handle
2856 * simultaneously without degrading to crawl speed.
2857 */
2858 $wgLangObjCacheSize = 10;
2859
2860 /**
2861 * Some languages need different word forms, usually for different cases.
2862 * Used in Language::convertGrammar().
2863 *
2864 * @par Example:
2865 * @code
2866 * $wgGrammarForms['en']['genitive']['car'] = 'car\'s';
2867 * @endcode
2868 */
2869 $wgGrammarForms = [];
2870
2871 /**
2872 * Treat language links as magic connectors, not inline links
2873 */
2874 $wgInterwikiMagic = true;
2875
2876 /**
2877 * Hide interlanguage links from the sidebar
2878 */
2879 $wgHideInterlanguageLinks = false;
2880
2881 /**
2882 * List of additional interwiki prefixes that should be treated as
2883 * interlanguage links (i.e. placed in the sidebar).
2884 * Notes:
2885 * - This will not do anything unless the prefixes are defined in the interwiki
2886 * map.
2887 * - The display text for these custom interlanguage links will be fetched from
2888 * the system message "interlanguage-link-xyz" where xyz is the prefix in
2889 * this array.
2890 * - A friendly name for each site, used for tooltip text, may optionally be
2891 * placed in the system message "interlanguage-link-sitename-xyz" where xyz is
2892 * the prefix in this array.
2893 */
2894 $wgExtraInterlanguageLinkPrefixes = [];
2895
2896 /**
2897 * List of language names or overrides for default names in Names.php
2898 */
2899 $wgExtraLanguageNames = [];
2900
2901 /**
2902 * List of mappings from one language code to another.
2903 * This array makes the codes not appear as a selectable language on the
2904 * installer, and excludes them when running the transstat.php script.
2905 *
2906 * In Setup.php, the variable $wgDummyLanguageCodes is created by combining
2907 * these codes with a list of "deprecated" codes, which are mostly leftovers
2908 * from renames or other legacy things, and the internal codes 'qqq' and 'qqx'.
2909 * If a mapping in $wgExtraLanguageCodes collide with a built-in mapping, the
2910 * value in $wgExtraLanguageCodes will be used.
2911 *
2912 * @since 1.29
2913 */
2914 $wgExtraLanguageCodes = [
2915 'bh' => 'bho', // Bihari language family
2916 'no' => 'nb', // Norwegian language family
2917 'simple' => 'en', // Simple English
2918 ];
2919
2920 /**
2921 * Functionally the same as $wgExtraLanguageCodes, but deprecated. Instead of
2922 * appending values to this array, append them to $wgExtraLanguageCodes.
2923 *
2924 * @deprecated since 1.29
2925 */
2926 $wgDummyLanguageCodes = [];
2927
2928 /**
2929 * Set this to true to replace Arabic presentation forms with their standard
2930 * forms in the U+0600-U+06FF block. This only works if $wgLanguageCode is
2931 * set to "ar".
2932 *
2933 * Note that pages with titles containing presentation forms will become
2934 * inaccessible, run maintenance/cleanupTitles.php to fix this.
2935 */
2936 $wgFixArabicUnicode = true;
2937
2938 /**
2939 * Set this to true to replace ZWJ-based chillu sequences in Malayalam text
2940 * with their Unicode 5.1 equivalents. This only works if $wgLanguageCode is
2941 * set to "ml". Note that some clients (even new clients as of 2010) do not
2942 * support these characters.
2943 *
2944 * If you enable this on an existing wiki, run maintenance/cleanupTitles.php to
2945 * fix any ZWJ sequences in existing page titles.
2946 */
2947 $wgFixMalayalamUnicode = true;
2948
2949 /**
2950 * Set this to always convert certain Unicode sequences to modern ones
2951 * regardless of the content language. This has a small performance
2952 * impact.
2953 *
2954 * See $wgFixArabicUnicode and $wgFixMalayalamUnicode for conversion
2955 * details.
2956 *
2957 * @since 1.17
2958 */
2959 $wgAllUnicodeFixes = false;
2960
2961 /**
2962 * Set this to eg 'ISO-8859-1' to perform character set conversion when
2963 * loading old revisions not marked with "utf-8" flag. Use this when
2964 * converting a wiki from MediaWiki 1.4 or earlier to UTF-8 without the
2965 * burdensome mass conversion of old text data.
2966 *
2967 * @note This DOES NOT touch any fields other than old_text. Titles, comments,
2968 * user names, etc still must be converted en masse in the database before
2969 * continuing as a UTF-8 wiki.
2970 */
2971 $wgLegacyEncoding = false;
2972
2973 /**
2974 * Browser Blacklist for unicode non compliant browsers. Contains a list of
2975 * regexps : "/regexp/" matching problematic browsers. These browsers will
2976 * be served encoded unicode in the edit box instead of real unicode.
2977 */
2978 $wgBrowserBlackList = [
2979 /**
2980 * Netscape 2-4 detection
2981 * The minor version may contain strings such as "Gold" or "SGoldC-SGI"
2982 * Lots of non-netscape user agents have "compatible", so it's useful to check for that
2983 * with a negative assertion. The [UIN] identifier specifies the level of security
2984 * in a Netscape/Mozilla browser, checking for it rules out a number of fakers.
2985 * The language string is unreliable, it is missing on NS4 Mac.
2986 *
2987 * Reference: http://www.psychedelix.com/agents/index.shtml
2988 */
2989 '/^Mozilla\/2\.[^ ]+ [^(]*?\((?!compatible).*; [UIN]/',
2990 '/^Mozilla\/3\.[^ ]+ [^(]*?\((?!compatible).*; [UIN]/',
2991 '/^Mozilla\/4\.[^ ]+ [^(]*?\((?!compatible).*; [UIN]/',
2992
2993 /**
2994 * MSIE on Mac OS 9 is teh sux0r, converts þ to <thorn>, ð to <eth>,
2995 * Þ to <THORN> and Ð to <ETH>
2996 *
2997 * Known useragents:
2998 * - Mozilla/4.0 (compatible; MSIE 5.0; Mac_PowerPC)
2999 * - Mozilla/4.0 (compatible; MSIE 5.15; Mac_PowerPC)
3000 * - Mozilla/4.0 (compatible; MSIE 5.23; Mac_PowerPC)
3001 * - [...]
3002 *
3003 * @link https://en.wikipedia.org/w/index.php?diff=12356041&oldid=12355864
3004 * @link https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Template%3AOS9
3005 */
3006 '/^Mozilla\/4\.0 \(compatible; MSIE \d+\.\d+; Mac_PowerPC\)/',
3007
3008 /**
3009 * Google wireless transcoder, seems to eat a lot of chars alive
3010 * https://it.wikipedia.org/w/index.php?title=Luciano_Ligabue&diff=prev&oldid=8857361
3011 */
3012 '/^Mozilla\/4\.0 \(compatible; MSIE 6.0; Windows NT 5.0; Google Wireless Transcoder;\)/'
3013 ];
3014
3015 /**
3016 * If set to true, the MediaWiki 1.4 to 1.5 schema conversion will
3017 * create stub reference rows in the text table instead of copying
3018 * the full text of all current entries from 'cur' to 'text'.
3019 *
3020 * This will speed up the conversion step for large sites, but
3021 * requires that the cur table be kept around for those revisions
3022 * to remain viewable.
3023 *
3024 * This option affects the updaters *only*. Any present cur stub
3025 * revisions will be readable at runtime regardless of this setting.
3026 */
3027 $wgLegacySchemaConversion = false;
3028
3029 /**
3030 * Enable dates like 'May 12' instead of '12 May', if the default date format
3031 * is 'dmy or mdy'.
3032 */
3033 $wgAmericanDates = false;
3034
3035 /**
3036 * For Hindi and Arabic use local numerals instead of Western style (0-9)
3037 * numerals in interface.
3038 */
3039 $wgTranslateNumerals = true;
3040
3041 /**
3042 * Translation using MediaWiki: namespace.
3043 * Interface messages will be loaded from the database.
3044 */
3045 $wgUseDatabaseMessages = true;
3046
3047 /**
3048 * Expiry time for the message cache key
3049 */
3050 $wgMsgCacheExpiry = 86400;
3051
3052 /**
3053 * Maximum entry size in the message cache, in bytes
3054 */
3055 $wgMaxMsgCacheEntrySize = 10000;
3056
3057 /**
3058 * Whether to enable language variant conversion.
3059 */
3060 $wgDisableLangConversion = false;
3061
3062 /**
3063 * Whether to enable language variant conversion for links.
3064 */
3065 $wgDisableTitleConversion = false;
3066
3067 /**
3068 * Default variant code, if false, the default will be the language code
3069 */
3070 $wgDefaultLanguageVariant = false;
3071
3072 /**
3073 * Whether to enable the pig latin variant of English (en-x-piglatin),
3074 * used to ease variant development work.
3075 */
3076 $wgUsePigLatinVariant = false;
3077
3078 /**
3079 * Disabled variants array of language variant conversion.
3080 *
3081 * @par Example:
3082 * @code
3083 * $wgDisabledVariants[] = 'zh-mo';
3084 * $wgDisabledVariants[] = 'zh-my';
3085 * @endcode
3086 */
3087 $wgDisabledVariants = [];
3088
3089 /**
3090 * Like $wgArticlePath, but on multi-variant wikis, this provides a
3091 * path format that describes which parts of the URL contain the
3092 * language variant.
3093 *
3094 * @par Example:
3095 * @code
3096 * $wgLanguageCode = 'sr';
3097 * $wgVariantArticlePath = '/$2/$1';
3098 * $wgArticlePath = '/wiki/$1';
3099 * @endcode
3100 *
3101 * A link to /wiki/ would be redirected to /sr/Главна_страна
3102 *
3103 * It is important that $wgArticlePath not overlap with possible values
3104 * of $wgVariantArticlePath.
3105 */
3106 $wgVariantArticlePath = false;
3107
3108 /**
3109 * Show a bar of language selection links in the user login and user
3110 * registration forms; edit the "loginlanguagelinks" message to
3111 * customise these.
3112 */
3113 $wgLoginLanguageSelector = false;
3114
3115 /**
3116 * When translating messages with wfMessage(), it is not always clear what
3117 * should be considered UI messages and what should be content messages.
3118 *
3119 * For example, for the English Wikipedia, there should be only one 'mainpage',
3120 * so when getting the link for 'mainpage', we should treat it as site content
3121 * and call ->inContentLanguage()->text(), but for rendering the text of the
3122 * link, we call ->text(). The code behaves this way by default. However,
3123 * sites like the Wikimedia Commons do offer different versions of 'mainpage'
3124 * and the like for different languages. This array provides a way to override
3125 * the default behavior.
3126 *
3127 * @par Example:
3128 * To allow language-specific main page and community
3129 * portal:
3130 * @code
3131 * $wgForceUIMsgAsContentMsg = [ 'mainpage', 'portal-url' ];
3132 * @endcode
3133 */
3134 $wgForceUIMsgAsContentMsg = [];
3135
3136 /**
3137 * Fake out the timezone that the server thinks it's in. This will be used for
3138 * date display and not for what's stored in the DB. Leave to null to retain
3139 * your server's OS-based timezone value.
3140 *
3141 * This variable is currently used only for signature formatting and for local
3142 * time/date parser variables ({{LOCALTIME}} etc.)
3143 *
3144 * Timezones can be translated by editing MediaWiki messages of type
3145 * timezone-nameinlowercase like timezone-utc.
3146 *
3147 * A list of usable timezones can found at:
3148 * https://secure.php.net/manual/en/timezones.php
3149 *
3150 * @par Examples:
3151 * @code
3152 * $wgLocaltimezone = 'UTC';
3153 * $wgLocaltimezone = 'GMT';
3154 * $wgLocaltimezone = 'PST8PDT';
3155 * $wgLocaltimezone = 'Europe/Sweden';
3156 * $wgLocaltimezone = 'CET';
3157 * @endcode
3158 */
3159 $wgLocaltimezone = null;
3160
3161 /**
3162 * Set an offset from UTC in minutes to use for the default timezone setting
3163 * for anonymous users and new user accounts.
3164 *
3165 * This setting is used for most date/time displays in the software, and is
3166 * overridable in user preferences. It is *not* used for signature timestamps.
3167 *
3168 * By default, this will be set to match $wgLocaltimezone.
3169 */
3170 $wgLocalTZoffset = null;
3171
3172 /** @} */ # End of language/charset settings
3173
3174 /*************************************************************************//**
3175 * @name Output format and skin settings
3176 * @{
3177 */
3178
3179 /**
3180 * The default Content-Type header.
3181 */
3182 $wgMimeType = 'text/html';
3183
3184 /**
3185 * Previously used as content type in HTML script tags. This is now ignored since
3186 * HTML5 doesn't require a MIME type for script tags (javascript is the default).
3187 * It was also previously used by RawAction to determine the ctype query parameter
3188 * value that will result in a javascript response.
3189 * @deprecated since 1.22
3190 */
3191 $wgJsMimeType = null;
3192
3193 /**
3194 * The default xmlns attribute. The option to define this has been removed.
3195 * The value of this variable is no longer used by core and is set to a fixed
3196 * value in Setup.php for compatibility with extensions that depend on the value
3197 * of this variable being set. Such a dependency however is deprecated.
3198 * @deprecated since 1.22
3199 */
3200 $wgXhtmlDefaultNamespace = null;
3201
3202 /**
3203 * Previously used to determine if we should output an HTML5 doctype.
3204 * This is no longer used as we always output HTML5 now. For compatibility with
3205 * extensions that still check the value of this config it's value is now forced
3206 * to true by Setup.php.
3207 * @deprecated since 1.22
3208 */
3209 $wgHtml5 = true;
3210
3211 /**
3212 * Defines the value of the version attribute in the &lt;html&gt; tag, if any.
3213 *
3214 * If your wiki uses RDFa, set it to the correct value for RDFa+HTML5.
3215 * Correct current values are 'HTML+RDFa 1.0' or 'XHTML+RDFa 1.0'.
3216 * See also https://www.w3.org/TR/rdfa-in-html/#document-conformance
3217 * @since 1.16
3218 */
3219 $wgHtml5Version = null;
3220
3221 /**
3222 * Temporary variable that allows HTMLForms to be rendered as tables.
3223 * Table based layouts cause various issues when designing for mobile.
3224 * This global allows skins or extensions a means to force non-table based rendering.
3225 * Setting to false forces form components to always render as div elements.
3226 * @since 1.24
3227 */
3228 $wgHTMLFormAllowTableFormat = true;
3229
3230 /**
3231 * Temporary variable that applies MediaWiki UI wherever it can be supported.
3232 * Temporary variable that should be removed when mediawiki ui is more
3233 * stable and change has been communicated.
3234 * @since 1.24
3235 */
3236 $wgUseMediaWikiUIEverywhere = false;
3237
3238 /**
3239 * Whether to label the store-to-database-and-show-to-others button in the editor
3240 * as "Save page"/"Save changes" if false (the default) or, if true, instead as
3241 * "Publish page"/"Publish changes".
3242 *
3243 * @since 1.28
3244 */
3245 $wgEditSubmitButtonLabelPublish = false;
3246
3247 /**
3248 * Permit other namespaces in addition to the w3.org default.
3249 *
3250 * Use the prefix for the key and the namespace for the value.
3251 *
3252 * @par Example:
3253 * @code
3254 * $wgXhtmlNamespaces['svg'] = 'http://www.w3.org/2000/svg';
3255 * @endcode
3256 * Normally we wouldn't have to define this in the root "<html>"
3257 * element, but IE needs it there in some circumstances.
3258 *
3259 * This is ignored if $wgMimeType is set to a non-XML MIME type.
3260 */
3261 $wgXhtmlNamespaces = [];
3262
3263 /**
3264 * Site notice shown at the top of each page
3265 *
3266 * MediaWiki:Sitenotice page, which will override this. You can also
3267 * provide a separate message for logged-out users using the
3268 * MediaWiki:Anonnotice page.
3269 */
3270 $wgSiteNotice = '';
3271
3272 /**
3273 * If this is set, a "donate" link will appear in the sidebar. Set it to a URL.
3274 */
3275 $wgSiteSupportPage = '';
3276
3277 /**
3278 * Validate the overall output using tidy and refuse
3279 * to display the page if it's not valid.
3280 */
3281 $wgValidateAllHtml = false;
3282
3283 /**
3284 * Default skin, for new users and anonymous visitors. Registered users may
3285 * change this to any one of the other available skins in their preferences.
3286 */
3287 $wgDefaultSkin = 'vector';
3288
3289 /**
3290 * Fallback skin used when the skin defined by $wgDefaultSkin can't be found.
3291 *
3292 * @since 1.24
3293 */
3294 $wgFallbackSkin = 'fallback';
3295
3296 /**
3297 * Specify the names of skins that should not be presented in the list of
3298 * available skins in user preferences. If you want to remove a skin entirely,
3299 * remove it from the skins/ directory and its entry from LocalSettings.php.
3300 */
3301 $wgSkipSkins = [];
3302
3303 /**
3304 * @deprecated since 1.23; use $wgSkipSkins instead
3305 */
3306 $wgSkipSkin = '';
3307
3308 /**
3309 * Allow user Javascript page?
3310 * This enables a lot of neat customizations, but may
3311 * increase security risk to users and server load.
3312 */
3313 $wgAllowUserJs = false;
3314
3315 /**
3316 * Allow user Cascading Style Sheets (CSS)?
3317 * This enables a lot of neat customizations, but may
3318 * increase security risk to users and server load.
3319 */
3320 $wgAllowUserCss = false;
3321
3322 /**
3323 * Allow user-preferences implemented in CSS?
3324 * This allows users to customise the site appearance to a greater
3325 * degree; disabling it will improve page load times.
3326 */
3327 $wgAllowUserCssPrefs = true;
3328
3329 /**
3330 * Use the site's Javascript page?
3331 */
3332 $wgUseSiteJs = true;
3333
3334 /**
3335 * Use the site's Cascading Style Sheets (CSS)?
3336 */
3337 $wgUseSiteCss = true;
3338
3339 /**
3340 * Break out of framesets. This can be used to prevent clickjacking attacks,
3341 * or to prevent external sites from framing your site with ads.
3342 */
3343 $wgBreakFrames = false;
3344
3345 /**
3346 * The X-Frame-Options header to send on pages sensitive to clickjacking
3347 * attacks, such as edit pages. This prevents those pages from being displayed
3348 * in a frame or iframe. The options are:
3349 *
3350 * - 'DENY': Do not allow framing. This is recommended for most wikis.
3351 *
3352 * - 'SAMEORIGIN': Allow framing by pages on the same domain. This can be used
3353 * to allow framing within a trusted domain. This is insecure if there
3354 * is a page on the same domain which allows framing of arbitrary URLs.
3355 *
3356 * - false: Allow all framing. This opens up the wiki to XSS attacks and thus
3357 * full compromise of local user accounts. Private wikis behind a
3358 * corporate firewall are especially vulnerable. This is not
3359 * recommended.
3360 *
3361 * For extra safety, set $wgBreakFrames = true, to prevent framing on all pages,
3362 * not just edit pages.
3363 */
3364 $wgEditPageFrameOptions = 'DENY';
3365
3366 /**
3367 * Disallow framing of API pages directly, by setting the X-Frame-Options
3368 * header. Since the API returns CSRF tokens, allowing the results to be
3369 * framed can compromise your user's account security.
3370 * Options are:
3371 * - 'DENY': Do not allow framing. This is recommended for most wikis.
3372 * - 'SAMEORIGIN': Allow framing by pages on the same domain.
3373 * - false: Allow all framing.
3374 * Note: $wgBreakFrames will override this for human formatted API output.
3375 */
3376 $wgApiFrameOptions = 'DENY';
3377
3378 /**
3379 * Disable output compression (enabled by default if zlib is available)
3380 */
3381 $wgDisableOutputCompression = false;
3382
3383 /**
3384 * Abandoned experiment with HTML5-style ID escaping. Normalized IDs a bit
3385 * too aggressively, breaking preexisting content (particularly Cite).
3386 * See T29733, T29694, T29474.
3387 *
3388 * @deprecated since 1.30, use $wgFragmentMode
3389 */
3390 $wgExperimentalHtmlIds = false;
3391
3392 /**
3393 * How should section IDs be encoded?
3394 * This array can contain 1 or 2 elements, each of them can be one of:
3395 * - 'html5' is modern HTML5 style encoding with minimal escaping. Allows to
3396 * display Unicode characters in many browsers' address bars.
3397 * - 'legacy' is old MediaWiki-style encoding, e.g. 啤酒 turns into .E5.95.A4.E9.85.92
3398 * - 'html5-legacy' corresponds to DEPRECATED $wgExperimentalHtmlIds mode. DO NOT use
3399 * it for anything but migration off that mode (see below).
3400 *
3401 * The first element of this array specifies the primary mode of escaping IDs. This
3402 * is what users will see when they e.g. follow an [[#internal link]] to a section of
3403 * a page.
3404 *
3405 * The optional second element defines a fallback mode, useful for migrations.
3406 * If present, it will direct MediaWiki to add empty <span>s to every section with its
3407 * id attribute set to fallback encoded title so that links using the previous encoding
3408 * would still work.
3409 *
3410 * Example: you want to migrate your wiki from 'legacy' to 'html5'
3411 *
3412 * On the first step, set this variable to [ 'legacy', 'html5' ]. After a while, when
3413 * all caches (parser, HTTP, etc.) contain only pages generated with this setting,
3414 * flip the value to [ 'html5', 'legacy' ]. This will result in all internal links being
3415 * generated in the new encoding while old links (both external and cached internal) will
3416 * still work. After a long time, you might want to ditch backwards compatibility and
3417 * set it to [ 'html5' ]. After all, pages get edited, breaking incoming links no matter which
3418 * fragment mode is used.
3419 *
3420 * @since 1.30
3421 */
3422 $wgFragmentMode = [ 'legacy' ];
3423
3424 /**
3425 * Which ID escaping mode should be used for external interwiki links? See documentation
3426 * for $wgFragmentMode above for details of each mode. Because you can't control external sites,
3427 * this setting should probably always be 'legacy', unless every wiki you link to has converted
3428 * to 'html5'.
3429 *
3430 * @since 1.30
3431 */
3432 $wgExternalInterwikiFragmentMode = 'legacy';
3433
3434 /**
3435 * Abstract list of footer icons for skins in place of old copyrightico and poweredbyico code
3436 * You can add new icons to the built in copyright or poweredby, or you can create
3437 * a new block. Though note that you may need to add some custom css to get good styling
3438 * of new blocks in monobook. vector and modern should work without any special css.
3439 *
3440 * $wgFooterIcons itself is a key/value array.
3441 * The key is the name of a block that the icons will be wrapped in. The final id varies
3442 * by skin; Monobook and Vector will turn poweredby into f-poweredbyico while Modern
3443 * turns it into mw_poweredby.
3444 * The value is either key/value array of icons or a string.
3445 * In the key/value array the key may or may not be used by the skin but it can
3446 * be used to find the icon and unset it or change the icon if needed.
3447 * This is useful for disabling icons that are set by extensions.
3448 * The value should be either a string or an array. If it is a string it will be output
3449 * directly as html, however some skins may choose to ignore it. An array is the preferred format
3450 * for the icon, the following keys are used:
3451 * - src: An absolute url to the image to use for the icon, this is recommended
3452 * but not required, however some skins will ignore icons without an image
3453 * - srcset: optional additional-resolution images; see HTML5 specs
3454 * - url: The url to use in the a element around the text or icon, if not set an a element will
3455 * not be outputted
3456 * - alt: This is the text form of the icon, it will be displayed without an image in
3457 * skins like Modern or if src is not set, and will otherwise be used as
3458 * the alt="" for the image. This key is required.
3459 * - width and height: If the icon specified by src is not of the standard size
3460 * you can specify the size of image to use with these keys.
3461 * Otherwise they will default to the standard 88x31.
3462 * @todo Reformat documentation.
3463 */
3464 $wgFooterIcons = [
3465 "copyright" => [
3466 "copyright" => [], // placeholder for the built in copyright icon
3467 ],
3468 "poweredby" => [
3469 "mediawiki" => [
3470 // Defaults to point at
3471 // "$wgResourceBasePath/resources/assets/poweredby_mediawiki_88x31.png"
3472 // plus srcset for 1.5x, 2x resolution variants.
3473 "src" => null,
3474 "url" => "//www.mediawiki.org/",
3475 "alt" => "Powered by MediaWiki",
3476 ]
3477 ],
3478 ];
3479
3480 /**
3481 * Login / create account link behavior when it's possible for anonymous users
3482 * to create an account.
3483 * - true = use a combined login / create account link
3484 * - false = split login and create account into two separate links
3485 */
3486 $wgUseCombinedLoginLink = false;
3487
3488 /**
3489 * Display user edit counts in various prominent places.
3490 */
3491 $wgEdititis = false;
3492
3493 /**
3494 * Some web hosts attempt to rewrite all responses with a 404 (not found)
3495 * status code, mangling or hiding MediaWiki's output. If you are using such a
3496 * host, you should start looking for a better one. While you're doing that,
3497 * set this to false to convert some of MediaWiki's 404 responses to 200 so
3498 * that the generated error pages can be seen.
3499 *
3500 * In cases where for technical reasons it is more important for MediaWiki to
3501 * send the correct status code than for the body to be transmitted intact,
3502 * this configuration variable is ignored.
3503 */
3504 $wgSend404Code = true;
3505
3506 /**
3507 * The $wgShowRollbackEditCount variable is used to show how many edits can be rolled back.
3508 * The numeric value of the variable controls how many edits MediaWiki will look back to
3509 * determine whether a rollback is allowed (by checking that they are all from the same author).
3510 * If the value is false or 0, the edits are not counted. Disabling this will prevent MediaWiki
3511 * from hiding some useless rollback links.
3512 *
3513 * @since 1.20
3514 */
3515 $wgShowRollbackEditCount = 10;
3516
3517 /**
3518 * Output a <link rel="canonical"> tag on every page indicating the canonical
3519 * server which should be used, i.e. $wgServer or $wgCanonicalServer. Since
3520 * detection of the current server is unreliable, the link is sent
3521 * unconditionally.
3522 */
3523 $wgEnableCanonicalServerLink = false;
3524
3525 /**
3526 * When OutputHandler is used, mangle any output that contains
3527 * <cross-domain-policy>. Without this, an attacker can send their own
3528 * cross-domain policy unless it is prevented by the crossdomain.xml file at
3529 * the domain root.
3530 *
3531 * @since 1.25
3532 */
3533 $wgMangleFlashPolicy = true;
3534
3535 /** @} */ # End of output format settings }
3536
3537 /*************************************************************************//**
3538 * @name ResourceLoader settings
3539 * @{
3540 */
3541
3542 /**
3543 * Client-side resource modules.
3544 *
3545 * Extensions should add their ResourceLoader module definitions
3546 * to the $wgResourceModules variable.
3547 *
3548 * @par Example:
3549 * @code
3550 * $wgResourceModules['ext.myExtension'] = [
3551 * 'scripts' => 'myExtension.js',
3552 * 'styles' => 'myExtension.css',
3553 * 'dependencies' => [ 'jquery.cookie', 'jquery.tabIndex' ],
3554 * 'localBasePath' => __DIR__,
3555 * 'remoteExtPath' => 'MyExtension',
3556 * ];
3557 * @endcode
3558 */
3559 $wgResourceModules = [];
3560
3561 /**
3562 * Skin-specific styles for resource modules.
3563 *
3564 * These are later added to the 'skinStyles' list of the existing module. The 'styles' list can
3565 * not be modified or disabled.
3566 *
3567 * For example, here is a module "bar" and how skin Foo would provide additional styles for it.
3568 *
3569 * @par Example:
3570 * @code
3571 * $wgResourceModules['bar'] = [
3572 * 'scripts' => 'resources/bar/bar.js',
3573 * 'styles' => 'resources/bar/main.css',
3574 * ];
3575 *
3576 * $wgResourceModuleSkinStyles['foo'] = [
3577 * 'bar' => 'skins/Foo/bar.css',
3578 * ];
3579 * @endcode
3580 *
3581 * This is mostly equivalent to:
3582 *
3583 * @par Equivalent:
3584 * @code
3585 * $wgResourceModules['bar'] = [
3586 * 'scripts' => 'resources/bar/bar.js',
3587 * 'styles' => 'resources/bar/main.css',
3588 * 'skinStyles' => [
3589 * 'foo' => skins/Foo/bar.css',
3590 * ],
3591 * ];
3592 * @endcode
3593 *
3594 * If the module already defines its own entry in `skinStyles` for a given skin, then
3595 * $wgResourceModuleSkinStyles is ignored.
3596 *
3597 * If a module defines a `skinStyles['default']` the skin may want to extend that instead
3598 * of replacing them. This can be done using the `+` prefix.
3599 *
3600 * @par Example:
3601 * @code
3602 * $wgResourceModules['bar'] = [
3603 * 'scripts' => 'resources/bar/bar.js',
3604 * 'styles' => 'resources/bar/basic.css',
3605 * 'skinStyles' => [
3606 * 'default' => 'resources/bar/additional.css',
3607 * ],
3608 * ];
3609 * // Note the '+' character:
3610 * $wgResourceModuleSkinStyles['foo'] = [
3611 * '+bar' => 'skins/Foo/bar.css',
3612 * ];
3613 * @endcode
3614 *
3615 * This is mostly equivalent to:
3616 *
3617 * @par Equivalent:
3618 * @code
3619 * $wgResourceModules['bar'] = [
3620 * 'scripts' => 'resources/bar/bar.js',
3621 * 'styles' => 'resources/bar/basic.css',
3622 * 'skinStyles' => [
3623 * 'default' => 'resources/bar/additional.css',
3624 * 'foo' => [
3625 * 'resources/bar/additional.css',
3626 * 'skins/Foo/bar.css',
3627 * ],
3628 * ],
3629 * ];
3630 * @endcode
3631 *
3632 * In other words, as a module author, use the `styles` list for stylesheets that may not be
3633 * disabled by a skin. To provide default styles that may be extended or replaced,
3634 * use `skinStyles['default']`.
3635 *
3636 * As with $wgResourceModules, paths default to being relative to the MediaWiki root.
3637 * You should always provide a localBasePath and remoteBasePath (or remoteExtPath/remoteSkinPath).
3638 *
3639 * @par Example:
3640 * @code
3641 * $wgResourceModuleSkinStyles['foo'] = [
3642 * 'bar' => 'bar.css',
3643 * 'quux' => 'quux.css',
3644 * 'remoteSkinPath' => 'Foo',
3645 * 'localBasePath' => __DIR__,
3646 * ];
3647 * @endcode
3648 */
3649 $wgResourceModuleSkinStyles = [];
3650
3651 /**
3652 * Extensions should register foreign module sources here. 'local' is a
3653 * built-in source that is not in this array, but defined by
3654 * ResourceLoader::__construct() so that it cannot be unset.
3655 *
3656 * @par Example:
3657 * @code
3658 * $wgResourceLoaderSources['foo'] = 'http://example.org/w/load.php';
3659 * @endcode
3660 */
3661 $wgResourceLoaderSources = [];
3662
3663 /**
3664 * The default 'remoteBasePath' value for instances of ResourceLoaderFileModule.
3665 * Defaults to $wgScriptPath.
3666 */
3667 $wgResourceBasePath = null;
3668
3669 /**
3670 * Maximum time in seconds to cache resources served by ResourceLoader.
3671 * Used to set last modified headers (max-age/s-maxage).
3672 *
3673 * Following options to distinguish:
3674 * - versioned: Used for modules with a version, because changing version
3675 * numbers causes cache misses. This normally has a long expiry time.
3676 * - unversioned: Used for modules without a version to propagate changes
3677 * quickly to clients. Also used for modules with errors to recover quickly.
3678 * This normally has a short expiry time.
3679 *
3680 * Expiry time for the options to distinguish:
3681 * - server: Squid/Varnish but also any other public proxy cache between the
3682 * client and MediaWiki.
3683 * - client: On the client side (e.g. in the browser cache).
3684 */
3685 $wgResourceLoaderMaxage = [
3686 'versioned' => [
3687 'server' => 30 * 24 * 60 * 60, // 30 days
3688 'client' => 30 * 24 * 60 * 60, // 30 days
3689 ],
3690 'unversioned' => [
3691 'server' => 5 * 60, // 5 minutes
3692 'client' => 5 * 60, // 5 minutes
3693 ],
3694 ];
3695
3696 /**
3697 * The default debug mode (on/off) for of ResourceLoader requests.
3698 *
3699 * This will still be overridden when the debug URL parameter is used.
3700 */
3701 $wgResourceLoaderDebug = false;
3702
3703 /**
3704 * Put each statement on its own line when minifying JavaScript. This makes
3705 * debugging in non-debug mode a bit easier.
3706 *
3707 * @deprecated since 1.27: Always false; no longer configurable.
3708 */
3709 $wgResourceLoaderMinifierStatementsOnOwnLine = false;
3710
3711 /**
3712 * Maximum line length when minifying JavaScript. This is not a hard maximum:
3713 * the minifier will try not to produce lines longer than this, but may be
3714 * forced to do so in certain cases.
3715 *
3716 * @deprecated since 1.27: Always 1,000; no longer configurable.
3717 */
3718 $wgResourceLoaderMinifierMaxLineLength = 1000;
3719
3720 /**
3721 * Whether to ensure the mediawiki.legacy library is loaded before other modules.
3722 *
3723 * @deprecated since 1.26: Always declare dependencies.
3724 */
3725 $wgIncludeLegacyJavaScript = false;
3726
3727 /**
3728 * Use jQuery 3 (with jQuery Migrate) instead of jQuery 1.
3729 *
3730 * This is a temporary feature flag for the MediaWiki 1.29 development cycle while
3731 * instabilities with jQuery 3 are being addressed. See T124742.
3732 *
3733 * @deprecated since 1.29
3734 */
3735 $wgUsejQueryThree = true;
3736
3737 /**
3738 * Whether or not to assign configuration variables to the global window object.
3739 *
3740 * If this is set to false, old code using deprecated variables will no longer
3741 * work.
3742 *
3743 * @par Example of legacy code:
3744 * @code{,js}
3745 * if ( window.wgRestrictionEdit ) { ... }
3746 * @endcode
3747 * or:
3748 * @code{,js}
3749 * if ( wgIsArticle ) { ... }
3750 * @endcode
3751 *
3752 * Instead, one needs to use mw.config.
3753 * @par Example using mw.config global configuration:
3754 * @code{,js}
3755 * if ( mw.config.exists('wgRestrictionEdit') ) { ... }
3756 * @endcode
3757 * or:
3758 * @code{,js}
3759 * if ( mw.config.get('wgIsArticle') ) { ... }
3760 * @endcode
3761 */
3762 $wgLegacyJavaScriptGlobals = true;
3763
3764 /**
3765 * If set to a positive number, ResourceLoader will not generate URLs whose
3766 * query string is more than this many characters long, and will instead use
3767 * multiple requests with shorter query strings. This degrades performance,
3768 * but may be needed if your web server has a low (less than, say 1024)
3769 * query string length limit or a low value for suhosin.get.max_value_length
3770 * that you can't increase.
3771 *
3772 * If set to a negative number, ResourceLoader will assume there is no query
3773 * string length limit.
3774 *
3775 * Defaults to a value based on php configuration.
3776 */
3777 $wgResourceLoaderMaxQueryLength = false;
3778
3779 /**
3780 * If set to true, JavaScript modules loaded from wiki pages will be parsed
3781 * prior to minification to validate it.
3782 *
3783 * Parse errors will result in a JS exception being thrown during module load,
3784 * which avoids breaking other modules loaded in the same request.
3785 */
3786 $wgResourceLoaderValidateJS = true;
3787
3788 /**
3789 * If set to true, statically-sourced (file-backed) JavaScript resources will
3790 * be parsed for validity before being bundled up into ResourceLoader modules.
3791 *
3792 * This can be helpful for development by providing better error messages in
3793 * default (non-debug) mode, but JavaScript parsing is slow and memory hungry
3794 * and may fail on large pre-bundled frameworks.
3795 */
3796 $wgResourceLoaderValidateStaticJS = false;
3797
3798 /**
3799 * Global LESS variables. An associative array binding variable names to
3800 * LESS code snippets representing their values.
3801 *
3802 * Adding an item here is equivalent to writing `@variable: value;`
3803 * at the beginning of all your .less files, with all the consequences.
3804 * In particular, string values must be escaped and quoted.
3805 *
3806 * Changes to this configuration do NOT trigger cache invalidation.
3807 *
3808 * @par Example:
3809 * @code
3810 * $wgResourceLoaderLESSVars = [
3811 * 'exampleFontSize' => '1em',
3812 * 'exampleBlue' => '#eee',
3813 * ];
3814 * @endcode
3815 * @since 1.22
3816 * @deprecated since 1.30 Use ResourceLoaderModule::getLessVars() instead to
3817 * add variables to individual modules that need them.
3818 */
3819 $wgResourceLoaderLESSVars = [
3820 /**
3821 * Minimum available screen width at which a device can be considered a tablet/desktop
3822 * The number is currently based on the device width of a Samsung Galaxy S5 mini and is low
3823 * enough to cover iPad (768px). Number is prone to change with new information.
3824 * @since 1.27
3825 */
3826 'deviceWidthTablet' => '720px',
3827 ];
3828
3829 /**
3830 * Default import paths for LESS modules. LESS files referenced in @import
3831 * statements will be looked up here first, and relative to the importing file
3832 * second. To avoid collisions, it's important for the LESS files in these
3833 * directories to have a common, predictable file name prefix.
3834 *
3835 * Extensions need not (and should not) register paths in
3836 * $wgResourceLoaderLESSImportPaths. The import path includes the path of the
3837 * currently compiling LESS file, which allows each extension to freely import
3838 * files from its own tree.
3839 *
3840 * @since 1.22
3841 */
3842 $wgResourceLoaderLESSImportPaths = [
3843 "$IP/resources/src/mediawiki.less/",
3844 ];
3845
3846 /**
3847 * Whether ResourceLoader should attempt to persist modules in localStorage on
3848 * browsers that support the Web Storage API.
3849 */
3850 $wgResourceLoaderStorageEnabled = true;
3851
3852 /**
3853 * Cache version for client-side ResourceLoader module storage. You can trigger
3854 * invalidation of the contents of the module store by incrementing this value.
3855 *
3856 * @since 1.23
3857 */
3858 $wgResourceLoaderStorageVersion = 1;
3859
3860 /**
3861 * Whether to allow site-wide CSS (MediaWiki:Common.css and friends) on
3862 * restricted pages like Special:UserLogin or Special:Preferences where
3863 * JavaScript is disabled for security reasons. As it is possible to
3864 * execute JavaScript through CSS, setting this to true opens up a
3865 * potential security hole. Some sites may "skin" their wiki by using
3866 * site-wide CSS, causing restricted pages to look unstyled and different
3867 * from the rest of the site.
3868 *
3869 * @since 1.25
3870 */
3871 $wgAllowSiteCSSOnRestrictedPages = false;
3872
3873 /** @} */ # End of ResourceLoader settings }
3874
3875 /*************************************************************************//**
3876 * @name Page title and interwiki link settings
3877 * @{
3878 */
3879
3880 /**
3881 * Name of the project namespace. If left set to false, $wgSitename will be
3882 * used instead.
3883 */
3884 $wgMetaNamespace = false;
3885
3886 /**
3887 * Name of the project talk namespace.
3888 *
3889 * Normally you can ignore this and it will be something like
3890 * $wgMetaNamespace . "_talk". In some languages, you may want to set this
3891 * manually for grammatical reasons.
3892 */
3893 $wgMetaNamespaceTalk = false;
3894
3895 /**
3896 * Additional namespaces. If the namespaces defined in Language.php and
3897 * Namespace.php are insufficient, you can create new ones here, for example,
3898 * to import Help files in other languages. You can also override the namespace
3899 * names of existing namespaces. Extensions should use the CanonicalNamespaces
3900 * hook or extension.json.
3901 *
3902 * @warning Once you delete a namespace, the pages in that namespace will
3903 * no longer be accessible. If you rename it, then you can access them through
3904 * the new namespace name.
3905 *
3906 * Custom namespaces should start at 100 to avoid conflicting with standard
3907 * namespaces, and should always follow the even/odd main/talk pattern.
3908 *
3909 * @par Example:
3910 * @code
3911 * $wgExtraNamespaces = [
3912 * 100 => "Hilfe",
3913 * 101 => "Hilfe_Diskussion",
3914 * 102 => "Aide",
3915 * 103 => "Discussion_Aide"
3916 * ];
3917 * @endcode
3918 *
3919 * @todo Add a note about maintenance/namespaceDupes.php
3920 */
3921 $wgExtraNamespaces = [];
3922
3923 /**
3924 * Same as above, but for namespaces with gender distinction.
3925 * Note: the default form for the namespace should also be set
3926 * using $wgExtraNamespaces for the same index.
3927 * @since 1.18
3928 */
3929 $wgExtraGenderNamespaces = [];
3930
3931 /**
3932 * Namespace aliases.
3933 *
3934 * These are alternate names for the primary localised namespace names, which
3935 * are defined by $wgExtraNamespaces and the language file. If a page is
3936 * requested with such a prefix, the request will be redirected to the primary
3937 * name.
3938 *
3939 * Set this to a map from namespace names to IDs.
3940 *
3941 * @par Example:
3942 * @code
3943 * $wgNamespaceAliases = [
3944 * 'Wikipedian' => NS_USER,
3945 * 'Help' => 100,
3946 * ];
3947 * @endcode
3948 */
3949 $wgNamespaceAliases = [];
3950
3951 /**
3952 * Allowed title characters -- regex character class
3953 * Don't change this unless you know what you're doing
3954 *
3955 * Problematic punctuation:
3956 * - []{}|# Are needed for link syntax, never enable these
3957 * - <> Causes problems with HTML escaping, don't use
3958 * - % Enabled by default, minor problems with path to query rewrite rules, see below
3959 * - + Enabled by default, but doesn't work with path to query rewrite rules,
3960 * corrupted by apache
3961 * - ? Enabled by default, but doesn't work with path to PATH_INFO rewrites
3962 *
3963 * All three of these punctuation problems can be avoided by using an alias,
3964 * instead of a rewrite rule of either variety.
3965 *
3966 * The problem with % is that when using a path to query rewrite rule, URLs are
3967 * double-unescaped: once by Apache's path conversion code, and again by PHP. So
3968 * %253F, for example, becomes "?". Our code does not double-escape to compensate
3969 * for this, indeed double escaping would break if the double-escaped title was
3970 * passed in the query string rather than the path. This is a minor security issue
3971 * because articles can be created such that they are hard to view or edit.
3972 *
3973 * In some rare cases you may wish to remove + for compatibility with old links.
3974 *
3975 * Theoretically 0x80-0x9F of ISO 8859-1 should be disallowed, but
3976 * this breaks interlanguage links
3977 */
3978 $wgLegalTitleChars = " %!\"$&'()*,\\-.\\/0-9:;=?@A-Z\\\\^_`a-z~\\x80-\\xFF+";
3979
3980 /**
3981 * The interwiki prefix of the current wiki, or false if it doesn't have one.
3982 *
3983 * @deprecated since 1.23; use $wgLocalInterwikis instead
3984 */
3985 $wgLocalInterwiki = false;
3986
3987 /**
3988 * Array for multiple $wgLocalInterwiki values, in case there are several
3989 * interwiki prefixes that point to the current wiki. If $wgLocalInterwiki is
3990 * set, its value is prepended to this array, for backwards compatibility.
3991 *
3992 * Note, recent changes feeds use only the first entry in this array (or
3993 * $wgLocalInterwiki, if it is set). See $wgRCFeeds
3994 */
3995 $wgLocalInterwikis = [];
3996
3997 /**
3998 * Expiry time for cache of interwiki table
3999 */
4000 $wgInterwikiExpiry = 10800;
4001
4002 /**
4003 * @name Interwiki caching settings.
4004 * @{
4005 */
4006
4007 /**
4008 * Interwiki cache, either as an associative array or a path to a constant
4009 * database (.cdb) file.
4010 *
4011 * This data structure database is generated by the `dumpInterwiki` maintenance
4012 * script (which lives in the WikimediaMaintenance repository) and has key
4013 * formats such as the following:
4014 *
4015 * - dbname:key - a simple key (e.g. enwiki:meta)
4016 * - _sitename:key - site-scope key (e.g. wiktionary:meta)
4017 * - __global:key - global-scope key (e.g. __global:meta)
4018 * - __sites:dbname - site mapping (e.g. __sites:enwiki)
4019 *
4020 * Sites mapping just specifies site name, other keys provide "local url"
4021 * data layout.
4022 *
4023 * @var bool|array|string
4024 */
4025 $wgInterwikiCache = false;
4026
4027 /**
4028 * Specify number of domains to check for messages.
4029 * - 1: Just wiki(db)-level
4030 * - 2: wiki and global levels
4031 * - 3: site levels
4032 */
4033 $wgInterwikiScopes = 3;
4034
4035 /**
4036 * Fallback site, if unable to resolve from cache
4037 */
4038 $wgInterwikiFallbackSite = 'wiki';
4039
4040 /** @} */ # end of Interwiki caching settings.
4041
4042 /**
4043 * @name SiteStore caching settings.
4044 * @{
4045 */
4046
4047 /**
4048 * Specify the file location for the Sites json cache file.
4049 */
4050 $wgSitesCacheFile = false;
4051
4052 /** @} */ # end of SiteStore caching settings.
4053
4054 /**
4055 * If local interwikis are set up which allow redirects,
4056 * set this regexp to restrict URLs which will be displayed
4057 * as 'redirected from' links.
4058 *
4059 * @par Example:
4060 * It might look something like this:
4061 * @code
4062 * $wgRedirectSources = '!^https?://[a-z-]+\.wikipedia\.org/!';
4063 * @endcode
4064 *
4065 * Leave at false to avoid displaying any incoming redirect markers.
4066 * This does not affect intra-wiki redirects, which don't change
4067 * the URL.
4068 */
4069 $wgRedirectSources = false;
4070
4071 /**
4072 * Set this to false to avoid forcing the first letter of links to capitals.
4073 *
4074 * @warning may break links! This makes links COMPLETELY case-sensitive. Links
4075 * appearing with a capital at the beginning of a sentence will *not* go to the
4076 * same place as links in the middle of a sentence using a lowercase initial.
4077 */
4078 $wgCapitalLinks = true;
4079
4080 /**
4081 * @since 1.16 - This can now be set per-namespace. Some special namespaces (such
4082 * as Special, see MWNamespace::$alwaysCapitalizedNamespaces for the full list) must be
4083 * true by default (and setting them has no effect), due to various things that
4084 * require them to be so. Also, since Talk namespaces need to directly mirror their
4085 * associated content namespaces, the values for those are ignored in favor of the
4086 * subject namespace's setting. Setting for NS_MEDIA is taken automatically from
4087 * NS_FILE.
4088 *
4089 * @par Example:
4090 * @code
4091 * $wgCapitalLinkOverrides[ NS_FILE ] = false;
4092 * @endcode
4093 */
4094 $wgCapitalLinkOverrides = [];
4095
4096 /**
4097 * Which namespaces should support subpages?
4098 * See Language.php for a list of namespaces.
4099 */
4100 $wgNamespacesWithSubpages = [
4101 NS_TALK => true,
4102 NS_USER => true,
4103 NS_USER_TALK => true,
4104 NS_PROJECT => true,
4105 NS_PROJECT_TALK => true,
4106 NS_FILE_TALK => true,
4107 NS_MEDIAWIKI => true,
4108 NS_MEDIAWIKI_TALK => true,
4109 NS_TEMPLATE => true,
4110 NS_TEMPLATE_TALK => true,
4111 NS_HELP => true,
4112 NS_HELP_TALK => true,
4113 NS_CATEGORY_TALK => true
4114 ];
4115
4116 /**
4117 * Array holding default tracking category names.
4118 *
4119 * Array contains the system messages for each tracking category.
4120 * Tracking categories allow pages with certain characteristics to be tracked.
4121 * It works by adding any such page to a category automatically.
4122 *
4123 * A message with the suffix '-desc' should be added as a description message
4124 * to have extra information on Special:TrackingCategories.
4125 *
4126 * @deprecated since 1.25 Extensions should now register tracking categories using
4127 * the new extension registration system.
4128 *
4129 * @since 1.23
4130 */
4131 $wgTrackingCategories = [];
4132
4133 /**
4134 * Array of namespaces which can be deemed to contain valid "content", as far
4135 * as the site statistics are concerned. Useful if additional namespaces also
4136 * contain "content" which should be considered when generating a count of the
4137 * number of articles in the wiki.
4138 */
4139 $wgContentNamespaces = [ NS_MAIN ];
4140
4141 /**
4142 * Optional array of namespaces which should be blacklisted from Special:ShortPages
4143 * Only pages inside $wgContentNamespaces but not $wgShortPagesNamespaceBlacklist will
4144 * be shown on that page.
4145 * @since 1.30
4146 */
4147 $wgShortPagesNamespaceBlacklist = [];
4148
4149 /**
4150 * Array of namespaces, in addition to the talk namespaces, where signatures
4151 * (~~~~) are likely to be used. This determines whether to display the
4152 * Signature button on the edit toolbar, and may also be used by extensions.
4153 * For example, "traditional" style wikis, where content and discussion are
4154 * intermixed, could place NS_MAIN and NS_PROJECT namespaces in this array.
4155 */
4156 $wgExtraSignatureNamespaces = [];
4157
4158 /**
4159 * Max number of redirects to follow when resolving redirects.
4160 * 1 means only the first redirect is followed (default behavior).
4161 * 0 or less means no redirects are followed.
4162 */
4163 $wgMaxRedirects = 1;
4164
4165 /**
4166 * Array of invalid page redirect targets.
4167 * Attempting to create a redirect to any of the pages in this array
4168 * will make the redirect fail.
4169 * Userlogout is hard-coded, so it does not need to be listed here.
4170 * (T12569) Disallow Mypage and Mytalk as well.
4171 *
4172 * As of now, this only checks special pages. Redirects to pages in
4173 * other namespaces cannot be invalidated by this variable.
4174 */
4175 $wgInvalidRedirectTargets = [ 'Filepath', 'Mypage', 'Mytalk', 'Redirect' ];
4176
4177 /** @} */ # End of title and interwiki settings }
4178
4179 /************************************************************************//**
4180 * @name Parser settings
4181 * These settings configure the transformation from wikitext to HTML.
4182 * @{
4183 */
4184
4185 /**
4186 * Parser configuration. Associative array with the following members:
4187 *
4188 * class The class name
4189 *
4190 * preprocessorClass The preprocessor class. Two classes are currently available:
4191 * Preprocessor_Hash, which uses plain PHP arrays for temporary
4192 * storage, and Preprocessor_DOM, which uses the DOM module for
4193 * temporary storage. Preprocessor_DOM generally uses less memory;
4194 * the speed of the two is roughly the same.
4195 *
4196 * If this parameter is not given, it uses Preprocessor_DOM if the
4197 * DOM module is available, otherwise it uses Preprocessor_Hash.
4198 *
4199 * The entire associative array will be passed through to the constructor as
4200 * the first parameter. Note that only Setup.php can use this variable --
4201 * the configuration will change at runtime via $wgParser member functions, so
4202 * the contents of this variable will be out-of-date. The variable can only be
4203 * changed during LocalSettings.php, in particular, it can't be changed during
4204 * an extension setup function.
4205 */
4206 $wgParserConf = [
4207 'class' => 'Parser',
4208 # 'preprocessorClass' => 'Preprocessor_Hash',
4209 ];
4210
4211 /**
4212 * Maximum indent level of toc.
4213 */
4214 $wgMaxTocLevel = 999;
4215
4216 /**
4217 * A complexity limit on template expansion: the maximum number of nodes visited
4218 * by PPFrame::expand()
4219 */
4220 $wgMaxPPNodeCount = 1000000;
4221
4222 /**
4223 * A complexity limit on template expansion: the maximum number of elements
4224 * generated by Preprocessor::preprocessToObj(). This allows you to limit the
4225 * amount of memory used by the Preprocessor_DOM node cache: testing indicates
4226 * that each element uses about 160 bytes of memory on a 64-bit processor, so
4227 * this default corresponds to about 155 MB.
4228 *
4229 * When the limit is exceeded, an exception is thrown.
4230 */
4231 $wgMaxGeneratedPPNodeCount = 1000000;
4232
4233 /**
4234 * Maximum recursion depth for templates within templates.
4235 * The current parser adds two levels to the PHP call stack for each template,
4236 * and xdebug limits the call stack to 100 by default. So this should hopefully
4237 * stop the parser before it hits the xdebug limit.
4238 */
4239 $wgMaxTemplateDepth = 40;
4240
4241 /**
4242 * @see $wgMaxTemplateDepth
4243 */
4244 $wgMaxPPExpandDepth = 40;
4245
4246 /**
4247 * URL schemes that should be recognized as valid by wfParseUrl().
4248 *
4249 * WARNING: Do not add 'file:' to this or internal file links will be broken.
4250 * Instead, if you want to support file links, add 'file://'. The same applies
4251 * to any other protocols with the same name as a namespace. See task T46011 for
4252 * more information.
4253 *
4254 * @see wfParseUrl
4255 */
4256 $wgUrlProtocols = [
4257 'bitcoin:', 'ftp://', 'ftps://', 'geo:', 'git://', 'gopher://', 'http://',
4258 'https://', 'irc://', 'ircs://', 'magnet:', 'mailto:', 'mms://', 'news:',
4259 'nntp://', 'redis://', 'sftp://', 'sip:', 'sips:', 'sms:', 'ssh://',
4260 'svn://', 'tel:', 'telnet://', 'urn:', 'worldwind://', 'xmpp:', '//'
4261 ];
4262
4263 /**
4264 * If true, removes (by substituting) templates in signatures.
4265 */
4266 $wgCleanSignatures = true;
4267
4268 /**
4269 * Whether to allow inline image pointing to other websites
4270 */
4271 $wgAllowExternalImages = false;
4272
4273 /**
4274 * If the above is false, you can specify an exception here. Image URLs
4275 * that start with this string are then rendered, while all others are not.
4276 * You can use this to set up a trusted, simple repository of images.
4277 * You may also specify an array of strings to allow multiple sites
4278 *
4279 * @par Examples:
4280 * @code
4281 * $wgAllowExternalImagesFrom = 'http://127.0.0.1/';
4282 * $wgAllowExternalImagesFrom = [ 'http://127.0.0.1/', 'http://example.com' ];
4283 * @endcode
4284 */
4285 $wgAllowExternalImagesFrom = '';
4286
4287 /**
4288 * If $wgAllowExternalImages is false, you can allow an on-wiki
4289 * whitelist of regular expression fragments to match the image URL
4290 * against. If the image matches one of the regular expression fragments,
4291 * The image will be displayed.
4292 *
4293 * Set this to true to enable the on-wiki whitelist (MediaWiki:External image whitelist)
4294 * Or false to disable it
4295 */
4296 $wgEnableImageWhitelist = true;
4297
4298 /**
4299 * A different approach to the above: simply allow the "<img>" tag to be used.
4300 * This allows you to specify alt text and other attributes, copy-paste HTML to
4301 * your wiki more easily, etc. However, allowing external images in any manner
4302 * will allow anyone with editing rights to snoop on your visitors' IP
4303 * addresses and so forth, if they wanted to, by inserting links to images on
4304 * sites they control.
4305 */
4306 $wgAllowImageTag = false;
4307
4308 /**
4309 * Configuration for HTML postprocessing tool. Set this to a configuration
4310 * array to enable an external tool. Dave Raggett's "HTML Tidy" is typically
4311 * used. See https://www.w3.org/People/Raggett/tidy/
4312 *
4313 * If this is null and $wgUseTidy is true, the deprecated configuration
4314 * parameters will be used instead.
4315 *
4316 * If this is null and $wgUseTidy is false, a pure PHP fallback will be used.
4317 *
4318 * Keys are:
4319 * - driver: May be:
4320 * - RaggettInternalHHVM: Use the limited-functionality HHVM extension
4321 * - RaggettInternalPHP: Use the PECL extension
4322 * - RaggettExternal: Shell out to an external binary (tidyBin)
4323 * - Html5Depurate: Use external Depurate service
4324 * - Html5Internal: Use the Balancer library in PHP
4325 * - RemexHtml: Use the RemexHtml library in PHP
4326 *
4327 * - tidyConfigFile: Path to configuration file for any of the Raggett drivers
4328 * - debugComment: True to add a comment to the output with warning messages
4329 * - tidyBin: For RaggettExternal, the path to the tidy binary.
4330 * - tidyCommandLine: For RaggettExternal, additional command line options.
4331 */
4332 $wgTidyConfig = null;
4333
4334 /**
4335 * Set this to true to use the deprecated tidy configuration parameters.
4336 * @deprecated use $wgTidyConfig
4337 */
4338 $wgUseTidy = false;
4339
4340 /**
4341 * The path to the tidy binary.
4342 * @deprecated Use $wgTidyConfig['tidyBin']
4343 */
4344 $wgTidyBin = 'tidy';
4345
4346 /**
4347 * The path to the tidy config file
4348 * @deprecated Use $wgTidyConfig['tidyConfigFile']
4349 */
4350 $wgTidyConf = $IP . '/includes/tidy/tidy.conf';
4351
4352 /**
4353 * The command line options to the tidy binary
4354 * @deprecated Use $wgTidyConfig['tidyCommandLine']
4355 */
4356 $wgTidyOpts = '';
4357
4358 /**
4359 * Set this to true to use the tidy extension
4360 * @deprecated Use $wgTidyConfig['driver']
4361 */
4362 $wgTidyInternal = extension_loaded( 'tidy' );
4363
4364 /**
4365 * Put tidy warnings in HTML comments
4366 * Only works for internal tidy.
4367 */
4368 $wgDebugTidy = false;
4369
4370 /**
4371 * Allow raw, unchecked HTML in "<html>...</html>" sections.
4372 * THIS IS VERY DANGEROUS on a publicly editable site, so USE wgGroupPermissions
4373 * TO RESTRICT EDITING to only those that you trust
4374 */
4375 $wgRawHtml = false;
4376
4377 /**
4378 * Set a default target for external links, e.g. _blank to pop up a new window.
4379 *
4380 * This will also set the "noreferrer" and "noopener" link rel to prevent the
4381 * attack described at https://mathiasbynens.github.io/rel-noopener/ .
4382 * Some older browsers may not support these link attributes, hence
4383 * setting $wgExternalLinkTarget to _blank may represent a security risk
4384 * to some of your users.
4385 */
4386 $wgExternalLinkTarget = false;
4387
4388 /**
4389 * If true, external URL links in wiki text will be given the
4390 * rel="nofollow" attribute as a hint to search engines that
4391 * they should not be followed for ranking purposes as they
4392 * are user-supplied and thus subject to spamming.
4393 */
4394 $wgNoFollowLinks = true;
4395
4396 /**
4397 * Namespaces in which $wgNoFollowLinks doesn't apply.
4398 * See Language.php for a list of namespaces.
4399 */
4400 $wgNoFollowNsExceptions = [];
4401
4402 /**
4403 * If this is set to an array of domains, external links to these domain names
4404 * (or any subdomains) will not be set to rel="nofollow" regardless of the
4405 * value of $wgNoFollowLinks. For instance:
4406 *
4407 * $wgNoFollowDomainExceptions = [ 'en.wikipedia.org', 'wiktionary.org', 'mediawiki.org' ];
4408 *
4409 * This would add rel="nofollow" to links to de.wikipedia.org, but not
4410 * en.wikipedia.org, wiktionary.org, en.wiktionary.org, us.en.wikipedia.org,
4411 * etc.
4412 *
4413 * Defaults to mediawiki.org for the links included in the software by default.
4414 */
4415 $wgNoFollowDomainExceptions = [ 'mediawiki.org' ];
4416
4417 /**
4418 * Allow DISPLAYTITLE to change title display
4419 */
4420 $wgAllowDisplayTitle = true;
4421
4422 /**
4423 * For consistency, restrict DISPLAYTITLE to text that normalizes to the same
4424 * canonical DB key. Also disallow some inline CSS rules like display: none;
4425 * which can cause the text to be hidden or unselectable.
4426 */
4427 $wgRestrictDisplayTitle = true;
4428
4429 /**
4430 * Maximum number of calls per parse to expensive parser functions such as
4431 * PAGESINCATEGORY.
4432 */
4433 $wgExpensiveParserFunctionLimit = 100;
4434
4435 /**
4436 * Preprocessor caching threshold
4437 * Setting it to 'false' will disable the preprocessor cache.
4438 */
4439 $wgPreprocessorCacheThreshold = 1000;
4440
4441 /**
4442 * Enable interwiki transcluding. Only when iw_trans=1 in the interwiki table.
4443 */
4444 $wgEnableScaryTranscluding = false;
4445
4446 /**
4447 * Expiry time for transcluded templates cached in transcache database table.
4448 * Only used $wgEnableInterwikiTranscluding is set to true.
4449 */
4450 $wgTranscludeCacheExpiry = 3600;
4451
4452 /**
4453 * Enable the magic links feature of automatically turning ISBN xxx,
4454 * PMID xxx, RFC xxx into links
4455 *
4456 * @since 1.28
4457 */
4458 $wgEnableMagicLinks = [
4459 'ISBN' => false,
4460 'PMID' => false,
4461 'RFC' => false
4462 ];
4463
4464 /** @} */ # end of parser settings }
4465
4466 /************************************************************************//**
4467 * @name Statistics
4468 * @{
4469 */
4470
4471 /**
4472 * Method used to determine if a page in a content namespace should be counted
4473 * as a valid article.
4474 *
4475 * Redirect pages will never be counted as valid articles.
4476 *
4477 * This variable can have the following values:
4478 * - 'any': all pages as considered as valid articles
4479 * - 'comma': the page must contain a comma to be considered valid
4480 * - 'link': the page must contain a [[wiki link]] to be considered valid
4481 *
4482 * See also See https://www.mediawiki.org/wiki/Manual:Article_count
4483 *
4484 * Retroactively changing this variable will not affect the existing count,
4485 * to update it, you will need to run the maintenance/updateArticleCount.php
4486 * script.
4487 */
4488 $wgArticleCountMethod = 'link';
4489
4490 /**
4491 * How many days user must be idle before he is considered inactive. Will affect
4492 * the number shown on Special:Statistics, Special:ActiveUsers, and the
4493 * {{NUMBEROFACTIVEUSERS}} magic word in wikitext.
4494 * You might want to leave this as the default value, to provide comparable
4495 * numbers between different wikis.
4496 */
4497 $wgActiveUserDays = 30;
4498
4499 /** @} */ # End of statistics }
4500
4501 /************************************************************************//**
4502 * @name User accounts, authentication
4503 * @{
4504 */
4505
4506 /**
4507 * Central ID lookup providers
4508 * Key is the provider ID, value is a specification for ObjectFactory
4509 * @since 1.27
4510 */
4511 $wgCentralIdLookupProviders = [
4512 'local' => [ 'class' => 'LocalIdLookup' ],
4513 ];
4514
4515 /**
4516 * Central ID lookup provider to use by default
4517 * @var string
4518 */
4519 $wgCentralIdLookupProvider = 'local';
4520
4521 /**
4522 * Password policy for local wiki users. A user's effective policy
4523 * is the superset of all policy statements from the policies for the
4524 * groups where the user is a member. If more than one group policy
4525 * include the same policy statement, the value is the max() of the
4526 * values. Note true > false. The 'default' policy group is required,
4527 * and serves as the minimum policy for all users. New statements can
4528 * be added by appending to $wgPasswordPolicy['checks'].
4529 * Statements:
4530 * - MinimalPasswordLength - minimum length a user can set
4531 * - MinimumPasswordLengthToLogin - passwords shorter than this will
4532 * not be allowed to login, regardless if it is correct.
4533 * - MaximalPasswordLength - maximum length password a user is allowed
4534 * to attempt. Prevents DoS attacks with pbkdf2.
4535 * - PasswordCannotMatchUsername - Password cannot match username to
4536 * - PasswordCannotMatchBlacklist - Username/password combination cannot
4537 * match a specific, hardcoded blacklist.
4538 * - PasswordCannotBePopular - Blacklist passwords which are known to be
4539 * commonly chosen. Set to integer n to ban the top n passwords.
4540 * If you want to ban all common passwords on file, use the
4541 * PHP_INT_MAX constant.
4542 * @since 1.26
4543 */
4544 $wgPasswordPolicy = [
4545 'policies' => [
4546 'bureaucrat' => [
4547 'MinimalPasswordLength' => 8,
4548 'MinimumPasswordLengthToLogin' => 1,
4549 'PasswordCannotMatchUsername' => true,
4550 'PasswordCannotBePopular' => 25,
4551 ],
4552 'sysop' => [
4553 'MinimalPasswordLength' => 8,
4554 'MinimumPasswordLengthToLogin' => 1,
4555 'PasswordCannotMatchUsername' => true,
4556 'PasswordCannotBePopular' => 25,
4557 ],
4558 'bot' => [
4559 'MinimalPasswordLength' => 8,
4560 'MinimumPasswordLengthToLogin' => 1,
4561 'PasswordCannotMatchUsername' => true,
4562 ],
4563 'default' => [
4564 'MinimalPasswordLength' => 1,
4565 'PasswordCannotMatchUsername' => true,
4566 'PasswordCannotMatchBlacklist' => true,
4567 'MaximalPasswordLength' => 4096,
4568 ],
4569 ],
4570 'checks' => [
4571 'MinimalPasswordLength' => 'PasswordPolicyChecks::checkMinimalPasswordLength',
4572 'MinimumPasswordLengthToLogin' => 'PasswordPolicyChecks::checkMinimumPasswordLengthToLogin',
4573 'PasswordCannotMatchUsername' => 'PasswordPolicyChecks::checkPasswordCannotMatchUsername',
4574 'PasswordCannotMatchBlacklist' => 'PasswordPolicyChecks::checkPasswordCannotMatchBlacklist',
4575 'MaximalPasswordLength' => 'PasswordPolicyChecks::checkMaximalPasswordLength',
4576 'PasswordCannotBePopular' => 'PasswordPolicyChecks::checkPopularPasswordBlacklist'
4577 ],
4578 ];
4579
4580 /**
4581 * Configure AuthManager
4582 *
4583 * All providers are constructed using ObjectFactory, see that for the general
4584 * structure. The array may also contain a key "sort" used to order providers:
4585 * providers are stably sorted by this value, which should be an integer
4586 * (default is 0).
4587 *
4588 * Elements are:
4589 * - preauth: Array (keys ignored) of specifications for PreAuthenticationProviders
4590 * - primaryauth: Array (keys ignored) of specifications for PrimaryAuthenticationProviders
4591 * - secondaryauth: Array (keys ignored) of specifications for SecondaryAuthenticationProviders
4592 *
4593 * @since 1.27
4594 * @note If this is null or empty, the value from $wgAuthManagerAutoConfig is
4595 * used instead. Local customization should generally set this variable from
4596 * scratch to the desired configuration. Extensions that want to
4597 * auto-configure themselves should use $wgAuthManagerAutoConfig instead.
4598 */
4599 $wgAuthManagerConfig = null;
4600
4601 /**
4602 * @see $wgAuthManagerConfig
4603 * @since 1.27
4604 */
4605 $wgAuthManagerAutoConfig = [
4606 'preauth' => [
4607 MediaWiki\Auth\LegacyHookPreAuthenticationProvider::class => [
4608 'class' => MediaWiki\Auth\LegacyHookPreAuthenticationProvider::class,
4609 'sort' => 0,
4610 ],
4611 MediaWiki\Auth\ThrottlePreAuthenticationProvider::class => [
4612 'class' => MediaWiki\Auth\ThrottlePreAuthenticationProvider::class,
4613 'sort' => 0,
4614 ],
4615 ],
4616 'primaryauth' => [
4617 // TemporaryPasswordPrimaryAuthenticationProvider should come before
4618 // any other PasswordAuthenticationRequest-based
4619 // PrimaryAuthenticationProvider (or at least any that might return
4620 // FAIL rather than ABSTAIN for a wrong password), or password reset
4621 // won't work right. Do not remove this (or change the key) or
4622 // auto-configuration of other such providers in extensions will
4623 // probably auto-insert themselves in the wrong place.
4624 MediaWiki\Auth\TemporaryPasswordPrimaryAuthenticationProvider::class => [
4625 'class' => MediaWiki\Auth\TemporaryPasswordPrimaryAuthenticationProvider::class,
4626 'args' => [ [
4627 // Fall through to LocalPasswordPrimaryAuthenticationProvider
4628 'authoritative' => false,
4629 ] ],
4630 'sort' => 0,
4631 ],
4632 MediaWiki\Auth\LocalPasswordPrimaryAuthenticationProvider::class => [
4633 'class' => MediaWiki\Auth\LocalPasswordPrimaryAuthenticationProvider::class,
4634 'args' => [ [
4635 // Last one should be authoritative, or else the user will get
4636 // a less-than-helpful error message (something like "supplied
4637 // authentication info not supported" rather than "wrong
4638 // password") if it too fails.
4639 'authoritative' => true,
4640 ] ],
4641 'sort' => 100,
4642 ],
4643 ],
4644 'secondaryauth' => [
4645 MediaWiki\Auth\CheckBlocksSecondaryAuthenticationProvider::class => [
4646 'class' => MediaWiki\Auth\CheckBlocksSecondaryAuthenticationProvider::class,
4647 'sort' => 0,
4648 ],
4649 MediaWiki\Auth\ResetPasswordSecondaryAuthenticationProvider::class => [
4650 'class' => MediaWiki\Auth\ResetPasswordSecondaryAuthenticationProvider::class,
4651 'sort' => 100,
4652 ],
4653 // Linking during login is experimental, enable at your own risk - T134952
4654 // MediaWiki\Auth\ConfirmLinkSecondaryAuthenticationProvider::class => [
4655 // 'class' => MediaWiki\Auth\ConfirmLinkSecondaryAuthenticationProvider::class,
4656 // 'sort' => 100,
4657 // ],
4658 MediaWiki\Auth\EmailNotificationSecondaryAuthenticationProvider::class => [
4659 'class' => MediaWiki\Auth\EmailNotificationSecondaryAuthenticationProvider::class,
4660 'sort' => 200,
4661 ],
4662 ],
4663 ];
4664
4665 /**
4666 * Time frame for re-authentication.
4667 *
4668 * With only password-based authentication, you'd just ask the user to re-enter
4669 * their password to verify certain operations like changing the password or
4670 * changing the account's email address. But under AuthManager, the user might
4671 * not have a password (you might even have to redirect the browser to a
4672 * third-party service or something complex like that), you might want to have
4673 * both factors of a two-factor authentication, and so on. So, the options are:
4674 * - Incorporate the whole multi-step authentication flow within everything
4675 * that needs to do this.
4676 * - Consider it good if they used Special:UserLogin during this session within
4677 * the last X seconds.
4678 * - Come up with a third option.
4679 *
4680 * MediaWiki currently takes the second option. This setting configures the
4681 * "X seconds".
4682 *
4683 * This allows for configuring different time frames for different
4684 * "operations". The operations used in MediaWiki core include:
4685 * - LinkAccounts
4686 * - UnlinkAccount
4687 * - ChangeCredentials
4688 * - RemoveCredentials
4689 * - ChangeEmail
4690 *
4691 * Additional operations may be used by extensions, either explicitly by
4692 * calling AuthManager::securitySensitiveOperationStatus(),
4693 * ApiAuthManagerHelper::securitySensitiveOperation() or
4694 * SpecialPage::checkLoginSecurityLevel(), or implicitly by overriding
4695 * SpecialPage::getLoginSecurityLevel() or by subclassing
4696 * AuthManagerSpecialPage.
4697 *
4698 * The key 'default' is used if a requested operation isn't defined in the array.
4699 *
4700 * @since 1.27
4701 * @var int[] operation => time in seconds. A 'default' key must always be provided.
4702 */
4703 $wgReauthenticateTime = [
4704 'default' => 300,
4705 ];
4706
4707 /**
4708 * Whether to allow security-sensitive operations when re-authentication is not possible.
4709 *
4710 * If AuthManager::canAuthenticateNow() is false (e.g. the current
4711 * SessionProvider is not able to change users, such as when OAuth is in use),
4712 * AuthManager::securitySensitiveOperationStatus() cannot sensibly return
4713 * SEC_REAUTH. Setting an operation true here will have it return SEC_OK in
4714 * that case, while setting it false will have it return SEC_FAIL.
4715 *
4716 * The key 'default' is used if a requested operation isn't defined in the array.
4717 *
4718 * @since 1.27
4719 * @see $wgReauthenticateTime
4720 * @var bool[] operation => boolean. A 'default' key must always be provided.
4721 */
4722 $wgAllowSecuritySensitiveOperationIfCannotReauthenticate = [
4723 'default' => true,
4724 ];
4725
4726 /**
4727 * List of AuthenticationRequest class names which are not changeable through
4728 * Special:ChangeCredentials and the changeauthenticationdata API.
4729 * This is only enforced on the client level; AuthManager itself (e.g.
4730 * AuthManager::allowsAuthenticationDataChange calls) is not affected.
4731 * Class names are checked for exact match (not for subclasses).
4732 * @since 1.27
4733 * @var string[]
4734 */
4735 $wgChangeCredentialsBlacklist = [
4736 \MediaWiki\Auth\TemporaryPasswordAuthenticationRequest::class
4737 ];
4738
4739 /**
4740 * List of AuthenticationRequest class names which are not removable through
4741 * Special:RemoveCredentials and the removeauthenticationdata API.
4742 * This is only enforced on the client level; AuthManager itself (e.g.
4743 * AuthManager::allowsAuthenticationDataChange calls) is not affected.
4744 * Class names are checked for exact match (not for subclasses).
4745 * @since 1.27
4746 * @var string[]
4747 */
4748 $wgRemoveCredentialsBlacklist = [
4749 \MediaWiki\Auth\PasswordAuthenticationRequest::class,
4750 ];
4751
4752 /**
4753 * For compatibility with old installations set to false
4754 * @deprecated since 1.24 will be removed in future
4755 */
4756 $wgPasswordSalt = true;
4757
4758 /**
4759 * Specifies the minimal length of a user password. If set to 0, empty pass-
4760 * words are allowed.
4761 * @deprecated since 1.26, use $wgPasswordPolicy's MinimalPasswordLength.
4762 */
4763 $wgMinimalPasswordLength = false;
4764
4765 /**
4766 * Specifies the maximal length of a user password (T64685).
4767 *
4768 * It is not recommended to make this greater than the default, as it can
4769 * allow DoS attacks by users setting really long passwords. In addition,
4770 * this should not be lowered too much, as it enforces weak passwords.
4771 *
4772 * @warning Unlike other password settings, user with passwords greater than
4773 * the maximum will not be able to log in.
4774 * @deprecated since 1.26, use $wgPasswordPolicy's MaximalPasswordLength.
4775 */
4776 $wgMaximalPasswordLength = false;
4777
4778 /**
4779 * Specifies if users should be sent to a password-reset form on login, if their
4780 * password doesn't meet the requirements of User::isValidPassword().
4781 * @since 1.23
4782 */
4783 $wgInvalidPasswordReset = true;
4784
4785 /**
4786 * Default password type to use when hashing user passwords
4787 *
4788 * @since 1.24
4789 */
4790 $wgPasswordDefault = 'pbkdf2';
4791
4792 /**
4793 * Configuration for built-in password types. Maps the password type
4794 * to an array of options. The 'class' option is the Password class to
4795 * use. All other options are class-dependent.
4796 *
4797 * An advanced example:
4798 * @code
4799 * $wgPasswordConfig['bcrypt-peppered'] = [
4800 * 'class' => 'EncryptedPassword',
4801 * 'underlying' => 'bcrypt',
4802 * 'secrets' => [],
4803 * 'cipher' => MCRYPT_RIJNDAEL_256,
4804 * 'mode' => MCRYPT_MODE_CBC,
4805 * 'cost' => 5,
4806 * ];
4807 * @endcode
4808 *
4809 * @since 1.24
4810 */
4811 $wgPasswordConfig = [
4812 'A' => [
4813 'class' => 'MWOldPassword',
4814 ],
4815 'B' => [
4816 'class' => 'MWSaltedPassword',
4817 ],
4818 'pbkdf2-legacyA' => [
4819 'class' => 'LayeredParameterizedPassword',
4820 'types' => [
4821 'A',
4822 'pbkdf2',
4823 ],
4824 ],
4825 'pbkdf2-legacyB' => [
4826 'class' => 'LayeredParameterizedPassword',
4827 'types' => [
4828 'B',
4829 'pbkdf2',
4830 ],
4831 ],
4832 'bcrypt' => [
4833 'class' => 'BcryptPassword',
4834 'cost' => 9,
4835 ],
4836 'pbkdf2' => [
4837 'class' => 'Pbkdf2Password',
4838 'algo' => 'sha512',
4839 'cost' => '30000',
4840 'length' => '64',
4841 ],
4842 ];
4843
4844 /**
4845 * Whether to allow password resets ("enter some identifying data, and we'll send an email
4846 * with a temporary password you can use to get back into the account") identified by
4847 * various bits of data. Setting all of these to false (or the whole variable to false)
4848 * has the effect of disabling password resets entirely
4849 */
4850 $wgPasswordResetRoutes = [
4851 'username' => true,
4852 'email' => true,
4853 ];
4854
4855 /**
4856 * Maximum number of Unicode characters in signature
4857 */
4858 $wgMaxSigChars = 255;
4859
4860 /**
4861 * Maximum number of bytes in username. You want to run the maintenance
4862 * script ./maintenance/checkUsernames.php once you have changed this value.
4863 */
4864 $wgMaxNameChars = 255;
4865
4866 /**
4867 * Array of usernames which may not be registered or logged in from
4868 * Maintenance scripts can still use these
4869 */
4870 $wgReservedUsernames = [
4871 'MediaWiki default', // Default 'Main Page' and MediaWiki: message pages
4872 'Conversion script', // Used for the old Wikipedia software upgrade
4873 'Maintenance script', // Maintenance scripts which perform editing, image import script
4874 'Template namespace initialisation script', // Used in 1.2->1.3 upgrade
4875 'ScriptImporter', // Default user name used by maintenance/importSiteScripts.php
4876 'Unknown user', // Used in WikiImporter when importing revisions with no author
4877 'msg:double-redirect-fixer', // Automatic double redirect fix
4878 'msg:usermessage-editor', // Default user for leaving user messages
4879 'msg:proxyblocker', // For $wgProxyList and Special:Blockme (removed in 1.22)
4880 'msg:spambot_username', // Used by cleanupSpam.php
4881 'msg:autochange-username', // Used by anon category RC entries (parser functions, Lua & purges)
4882 ];
4883
4884 /**
4885 * Settings added to this array will override the default globals for the user
4886 * preferences used by anonymous visitors and newly created accounts.
4887 * For instance, to disable editing on double clicks:
4888 * $wgDefaultUserOptions ['editondblclick'] = 0;
4889 */
4890 $wgDefaultUserOptions = [
4891 'ccmeonemails' => 0,
4892 'cols' => 80, // @deprecated since 1.29 No longer used in core
4893 'date' => 'default',
4894 'diffonly' => 0,
4895 'disablemail' => 0,
4896 'editfont' => 'monospace',
4897 'editondblclick' => 0,
4898 'editsectiononrightclick' => 0,
4899 'enotifminoredits' => 0,
4900 'enotifrevealaddr' => 0,
4901 'enotifusertalkpages' => 1,
4902 'enotifwatchlistpages' => 1,
4903 'extendwatchlist' => 1,
4904 'fancysig' => 0,
4905 'forceeditsummary' => 0,
4906 'gender' => 'unknown',
4907 'hideminor' => 0,
4908 'hidepatrolled' => 0,
4909 'hidecategorization' => 1,
4910 'imagesize' => 2,
4911 'math' => 1,
4912 'minordefault' => 0,
4913 'newpageshidepatrolled' => 0,
4914 'nickname' => '',
4915 'norollbackdiff' => 0,
4916 'numberheadings' => 0,
4917 'previewonfirst' => 0,
4918 'previewontop' => 1,
4919 'rcdays' => 7,
4920 'rcenhancedfilters' => 0,
4921 'rclimit' => 50,
4922 'rows' => 25, // @deprecated since 1.29 No longer used in core
4923 'showhiddencats' => 0,
4924 'shownumberswatching' => 1,
4925 'showtoolbar' => 1,
4926 'skin' => false,
4927 'stubthreshold' => 0,
4928 'thumbsize' => 5,
4929 'underline' => 2,
4930 'uselivepreview' => 0,
4931 'usenewrc' => 1,
4932 'watchcreations' => 1,
4933 'watchdefault' => 1,
4934 'watchdeletion' => 0,
4935 'watchuploads' => 1,
4936 'watchlistdays' => 3.0,
4937 'watchlisthideanons' => 0,
4938 'watchlisthidebots' => 0,
4939 'watchlisthideliu' => 0,
4940 'watchlisthideminor' => 0,
4941 'watchlisthideown' => 0,
4942 'watchlisthidepatrolled' => 0,
4943 'watchlisthidecategorization' => 1,
4944 'watchlistreloadautomatically' => 0,
4945 'watchlistunwatchlinks' => 0,
4946 'watchmoves' => 0,
4947 'watchrollback' => 0,
4948 'wllimit' => 250,
4949 'useeditwarning' => 1,
4950 'prefershttps' => 1,
4951 ];
4952
4953 /**
4954 * An array of preferences to not show for the user
4955 */
4956 $wgHiddenPrefs = [];
4957
4958 /**
4959 * Characters to prevent during new account creations.
4960 * This is used in a regular expression character class during
4961 * registration (regex metacharacters like / are escaped).
4962 */
4963 $wgInvalidUsernameCharacters = '@:';
4964
4965 /**
4966 * Character used as a delimiter when testing for interwiki userrights
4967 * (In Special:UserRights, it is possible to modify users on different
4968 * databases if the delimiter is used, e.g. "Someuser@enwiki").
4969 *
4970 * It is recommended that you have this delimiter in
4971 * $wgInvalidUsernameCharacters above, or you will not be able to
4972 * modify the user rights of those users via Special:UserRights
4973 */
4974 $wgUserrightsInterwikiDelimiter = '@';
4975
4976 /**
4977 * This is to let user authenticate using https when they come from http.
4978 * Based on an idea by George Herbert on wikitech-l:
4979 * https://lists.wikimedia.org/pipermail/wikitech-l/2010-October/050039.html
4980 * @since 1.17
4981 */
4982 $wgSecureLogin = false;
4983
4984 /**
4985 * Versioning for authentication tokens.
4986 *
4987 * If non-null, this is combined with the user's secret (the user_token field
4988 * in the DB) to generate the token cookie. Changing this will invalidate all
4989 * active sessions (i.e. it will log everyone out).
4990 *
4991 * @since 1.27
4992 * @var string|null
4993 */
4994 $wgAuthenticationTokenVersion = null;
4995
4996 /**
4997 * MediaWiki\Session\SessionProvider configuration.
4998 *
4999 * Value is an array of ObjectFactory specifications for the SessionProviders
5000 * to be used. Keys in the array are ignored. Order is not significant.
5001 *
5002 * @since 1.27
5003 */
5004 $wgSessionProviders = [
5005 MediaWiki\Session\CookieSessionProvider::class => [
5006 'class' => MediaWiki\Session\CookieSessionProvider::class,
5007 'args' => [ [
5008 'priority' => 30,
5009 'callUserSetCookiesHook' => true,
5010 ] ],
5011 ],
5012 MediaWiki\Session\BotPasswordSessionProvider::class => [
5013 'class' => MediaWiki\Session\BotPasswordSessionProvider::class,
5014 'args' => [ [
5015 'priority' => 75,
5016 ] ],
5017 ],
5018 ];
5019
5020 /** @} */ # end user accounts }
5021
5022 /************************************************************************//**
5023 * @name User rights, access control and monitoring
5024 * @{
5025 */
5026
5027 /**
5028 * Number of seconds before autoblock entries expire. Default 86400 = 1 day.
5029 */
5030 $wgAutoblockExpiry = 86400;
5031
5032 /**
5033 * Set this to true to allow blocked users to edit their own user talk page.
5034 */
5035 $wgBlockAllowsUTEdit = true;
5036
5037 /**
5038 * Allow sysops to ban users from accessing Emailuser
5039 */
5040 $wgSysopEmailBans = true;
5041
5042 /**
5043 * Limits on the possible sizes of range blocks.
5044 *
5045 * CIDR notation is hard to understand, it's easy to mistakenly assume that a
5046 * /1 is a small range and a /31 is a large range. For IPv4, setting a limit of
5047 * half the number of bits avoids such errors, and allows entire ISPs to be
5048 * blocked using a small number of range blocks.
5049 *
5050 * For IPv6, RFC 3177 recommends that a /48 be allocated to every residential
5051 * customer, so range blocks larger than /64 (half the number of bits) will
5052 * plainly be required. RFC 4692 implies that a very large ISP may be
5053 * allocated a /19 if a generous HD-Ratio of 0.8 is used, so we will use that
5054 * as our limit. As of 2012, blocking the whole world would require a /4 range.
5055 */
5056 $wgBlockCIDRLimit = [
5057 'IPv4' => 16, # Blocks larger than a /16 (64k addresses) will not be allowed
5058 'IPv6' => 19,
5059 ];
5060
5061 /**
5062 * If true, blocked users will not be allowed to login. When using this with
5063 * a public wiki, the effect of logging out blocked users may actually be
5064 * avers: unless the user's address is also blocked (e.g. auto-block),
5065 * logging the user out will again allow reading and editing, just as for
5066 * anonymous visitors.
5067 */
5068 $wgBlockDisablesLogin = false;
5069
5070 /**
5071 * Pages anonymous user may see, set as an array of pages titles.
5072 *
5073 * @par Example:
5074 * @code
5075 * $wgWhitelistRead = array ( "Main Page", "Wikipedia:Help");
5076 * @endcode
5077 *
5078 * Special:Userlogin and Special:ChangePassword are always whitelisted.
5079 *
5080 * @note This will only work if $wgGroupPermissions['*']['read'] is false --
5081 * see below. Otherwise, ALL pages are accessible, regardless of this setting.
5082 *
5083 * @note Also that this will only protect _pages in the wiki_. Uploaded files
5084 * will remain readable. You can use img_auth.php to protect uploaded files,
5085 * see https://www.mediawiki.org/wiki/Manual:Image_Authorization
5086 *
5087 * @note Extensions should not modify this, but use the TitleReadWhitelist
5088 * hook instead.
5089 */
5090 $wgWhitelistRead = false;
5091
5092 /**
5093 * Pages anonymous user may see, set as an array of regular expressions.
5094 *
5095 * This function will match the regexp against the title name, which
5096 * is without underscore.
5097 *
5098 * @par Example:
5099 * To whitelist [[Main Page]]:
5100 * @code
5101 * $wgWhitelistReadRegexp = [ "/Main Page/" ];
5102 * @endcode
5103 *
5104 * @note Unless ^ and/or $ is specified, a regular expression might match
5105 * pages not intended to be whitelisted. The above example will also
5106 * whitelist a page named 'Security Main Page'.
5107 *
5108 * @par Example:
5109 * To allow reading any page starting with 'User' regardless of the case:
5110 * @code
5111 * $wgWhitelistReadRegexp = [ "@^UsEr.*@i" ];
5112 * @endcode
5113 * Will allow both [[User is banned]] and [[User:JohnDoe]]
5114 *
5115 * @note This will only work if $wgGroupPermissions['*']['read'] is false --
5116 * see below. Otherwise, ALL pages are accessible, regardless of this setting.
5117 */
5118 $wgWhitelistReadRegexp = false;
5119
5120 /**
5121 * Should editors be required to have a validated e-mail
5122 * address before being allowed to edit?
5123 */
5124 $wgEmailConfirmToEdit = false;
5125
5126 /**
5127 * Should MediaWiki attempt to protect user's privacy when doing redirects?
5128 * Keep this true if access counts to articles are made public.
5129 */
5130 $wgHideIdentifiableRedirects = true;
5131
5132 /**
5133 * Permission keys given to users in each group.
5134 *
5135 * This is an array where the keys are all groups and each value is an
5136 * array of the format (right => boolean).
5137 *
5138 * The second format is used to support per-namespace permissions.
5139 * Note that this feature does not fully work for all permission types.
5140 *
5141 * All users are implicitly in the '*' group including anonymous visitors;
5142 * logged-in users are all implicitly in the 'user' group. These will be
5143 * combined with the permissions of all groups that a given user is listed
5144 * in in the user_groups table.
5145 *
5146 * Note: Don't set $wgGroupPermissions = []; unless you know what you're
5147 * doing! This will wipe all permissions, and may mean that your users are
5148 * unable to perform certain essential tasks or access new functionality
5149 * when new permissions are introduced and default grants established.
5150 *
5151 * Functionality to make pages inaccessible has not been extensively tested
5152 * for security. Use at your own risk!
5153 *
5154 * This replaces $wgWhitelistAccount and $wgWhitelistEdit
5155 */
5156 $wgGroupPermissions = [];
5157
5158 /** @cond file_level_code */
5159 // Implicit group for all visitors
5160 $wgGroupPermissions['*']['createaccount'] = true;
5161 $wgGroupPermissions['*']['read'] = true;
5162 $wgGroupPermissions['*']['edit'] = true;
5163 $wgGroupPermissions['*']['createpage'] = true;
5164 $wgGroupPermissions['*']['createtalk'] = true;
5165 $wgGroupPermissions['*']['writeapi'] = true;
5166 $wgGroupPermissions['*']['editmyusercss'] = true;
5167 $wgGroupPermissions['*']['editmyuserjs'] = true;
5168 $wgGroupPermissions['*']['viewmywatchlist'] = true;
5169 $wgGroupPermissions['*']['editmywatchlist'] = true;
5170 $wgGroupPermissions['*']['viewmyprivateinfo'] = true;
5171 $wgGroupPermissions['*']['editmyprivateinfo'] = true;
5172 $wgGroupPermissions['*']['editmyoptions'] = true;
5173 # $wgGroupPermissions['*']['patrolmarks'] = false; // let anons see what was patrolled
5174
5175 // Implicit group for all logged-in accounts
5176 $wgGroupPermissions['user']['move'] = true;
5177 $wgGroupPermissions['user']['move-subpages'] = true;
5178 $wgGroupPermissions['user']['move-rootuserpages'] = true; // can move root userpages
5179 $wgGroupPermissions['user']['move-categorypages'] = true;
5180 $wgGroupPermissions['user']['movefile'] = true;
5181 $wgGroupPermissions['user']['read'] = true;
5182 $wgGroupPermissions['user']['edit'] = true;
5183 $wgGroupPermissions['user']['createpage'] = true;
5184 $wgGroupPermissions['user']['createtalk'] = true;
5185 $wgGroupPermissions['user']['writeapi'] = true;
5186 $wgGroupPermissions['user']['upload'] = true;
5187 $wgGroupPermissions['user']['reupload'] = true;
5188 $wgGroupPermissions['user']['reupload-shared'] = true;
5189 $wgGroupPermissions['user']['minoredit'] = true;
5190 $wgGroupPermissions['user']['purge'] = true;
5191 $wgGroupPermissions['user']['sendemail'] = true;
5192 $wgGroupPermissions['user']['applychangetags'] = true;
5193 $wgGroupPermissions['user']['changetags'] = true;
5194 $wgGroupPermissions['user']['editcontentmodel'] = true;
5195
5196 // Implicit group for accounts that pass $wgAutoConfirmAge
5197 $wgGroupPermissions['autoconfirmed']['autoconfirmed'] = true;
5198 $wgGroupPermissions['autoconfirmed']['editsemiprotected'] = true;
5199
5200 // Users with bot privilege can have their edits hidden
5201 // from various log pages by default
5202 $wgGroupPermissions['bot']['bot'] = true;
5203 $wgGroupPermissions['bot']['autoconfirmed'] = true;
5204 $wgGroupPermissions['bot']['editsemiprotected'] = true;
5205 $wgGroupPermissions['bot']['nominornewtalk'] = true;
5206 $wgGroupPermissions['bot']['autopatrol'] = true;
5207 $wgGroupPermissions['bot']['suppressredirect'] = true;
5208 $wgGroupPermissions['bot']['apihighlimits'] = true;
5209 $wgGroupPermissions['bot']['writeapi'] = true;
5210
5211 // Most extra permission abilities go to this group
5212 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['block'] = true;
5213 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['createaccount'] = true;
5214 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['delete'] = true;
5215 // can be separately configured for pages with > $wgDeleteRevisionsLimit revs
5216 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['bigdelete'] = true;
5217 // can view deleted history entries, but not see or restore the text
5218 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['deletedhistory'] = true;
5219 // can view deleted revision text
5220 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['deletedtext'] = true;
5221 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['undelete'] = true;
5222 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['editinterface'] = true;
5223 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['editusercss'] = true;
5224 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['edituserjs'] = true;
5225 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['import'] = true;
5226 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['importupload'] = true;
5227 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['move'] = true;
5228 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['move-subpages'] = true;
5229 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['move-rootuserpages'] = true;
5230 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['move-categorypages'] = true;
5231 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['patrol'] = true;
5232 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['autopatrol'] = true;
5233 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['protect'] = true;
5234 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['editprotected'] = true;
5235 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['rollback'] = true;
5236 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['upload'] = true;
5237 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['reupload'] = true;
5238 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['reupload-shared'] = true;
5239 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['unwatchedpages'] = true;
5240 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['autoconfirmed'] = true;
5241 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['editsemiprotected'] = true;
5242 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['ipblock-exempt'] = true;
5243 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['blockemail'] = true;
5244 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['markbotedits'] = true;
5245 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['apihighlimits'] = true;
5246 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['browsearchive'] = true;
5247 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['noratelimit'] = true;
5248 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['movefile'] = true;
5249 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['unblockself'] = true;
5250 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['suppressredirect'] = true;
5251 # $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['pagelang'] = true;
5252 # $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['upload_by_url'] = true;
5253 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['mergehistory'] = true;
5254 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['managechangetags'] = true;
5255 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['deletechangetags'] = true;
5256
5257 // Permission to change users' group assignments
5258 $wgGroupPermissions['bureaucrat']['userrights'] = true;
5259 $wgGroupPermissions['bureaucrat']['noratelimit'] = true;
5260 // Permission to change users' groups assignments across wikis
5261 # $wgGroupPermissions['bureaucrat']['userrights-interwiki'] = true;
5262 // Permission to export pages including linked pages regardless of $wgExportMaxLinkDepth
5263 # $wgGroupPermissions['bureaucrat']['override-export-depth'] = true;
5264
5265 # $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['deletelogentry'] = true;
5266 # $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['deleterevision'] = true;
5267 // To hide usernames from users and Sysops
5268 # $wgGroupPermissions['suppress']['hideuser'] = true;
5269 // To hide revisions/log items from users and Sysops
5270 # $wgGroupPermissions['suppress']['suppressrevision'] = true;
5271 // To view revisions/log items hidden from users and Sysops
5272 # $wgGroupPermissions['suppress']['viewsuppressed'] = true;
5273 // For private suppression log access
5274 # $wgGroupPermissions['suppress']['suppressionlog'] = true;
5275
5276 /**
5277 * The developer group is deprecated, but can be activated if need be
5278 * to use the 'lockdb' and 'unlockdb' special pages. Those require
5279 * that a lock file be defined and creatable/removable by the web
5280 * server.
5281 */
5282 # $wgGroupPermissions['developer']['siteadmin'] = true;
5283
5284 /** @endcond */
5285
5286 /**
5287 * Permission keys revoked from users in each group.
5288 *
5289 * This acts the same way as wgGroupPermissions above, except that
5290 * if the user is in a group here, the permission will be removed from them.
5291 *
5292 * Improperly setting this could mean that your users will be unable to perform
5293 * certain essential tasks, so use at your own risk!
5294 */
5295 $wgRevokePermissions = [];
5296
5297 /**
5298 * Implicit groups, aren't shown on Special:Listusers or somewhere else
5299 */
5300 $wgImplicitGroups = [ '*', 'user', 'autoconfirmed' ];
5301
5302 /**
5303 * A map of group names that the user is in, to group names that those users
5304 * are allowed to add or revoke.
5305 *
5306 * Setting the list of groups to add or revoke to true is equivalent to "any
5307 * group".
5308 *
5309 * @par Example:
5310 * To allow sysops to add themselves to the "bot" group:
5311 * @code
5312 * $wgGroupsAddToSelf = [ 'sysop' => [ 'bot' ] ];
5313 * @endcode
5314 *
5315 * @par Example:
5316 * Implicit groups may be used for the source group, for instance:
5317 * @code
5318 * $wgGroupsRemoveFromSelf = [ '*' => true ];
5319 * @endcode
5320 * This allows users in the '*' group (i.e. any user) to remove themselves from
5321 * any group that they happen to be in.
5322 */
5323 $wgGroupsAddToSelf = [];
5324
5325 /**
5326 * @see $wgGroupsAddToSelf
5327 */
5328 $wgGroupsRemoveFromSelf = [];
5329
5330 /**
5331 * Set of available actions that can be restricted via action=protect
5332 * You probably shouldn't change this.
5333 * Translated through restriction-* messages.
5334 * Title::getRestrictionTypes() will remove restrictions that are not
5335 * applicable to a specific title (create and upload)
5336 */
5337 $wgRestrictionTypes = [ 'create', 'edit', 'move', 'upload' ];
5338
5339 /**
5340 * Rights which can be required for each protection level (via action=protect)
5341 *
5342 * You can add a new protection level that requires a specific
5343 * permission by manipulating this array. The ordering of elements
5344 * dictates the order on the protection form's lists.
5345 *
5346 * - '' will be ignored (i.e. unprotected)
5347 * - 'autoconfirmed' is quietly rewritten to 'editsemiprotected' for backwards compatibility
5348 * - 'sysop' is quietly rewritten to 'editprotected' for backwards compatibility
5349 */
5350 $wgRestrictionLevels = [ '', 'autoconfirmed', 'sysop' ];
5351
5352 /**
5353 * Restriction levels that can be used with cascading protection
5354 *
5355 * A page can only be protected with cascading protection if the
5356 * requested restriction level is included in this array.
5357 *
5358 * 'autoconfirmed' is quietly rewritten to 'editsemiprotected' for backwards compatibility.
5359 * 'sysop' is quietly rewritten to 'editprotected' for backwards compatibility.
5360 */
5361 $wgCascadingRestrictionLevels = [ 'sysop' ];
5362
5363 /**
5364 * Restriction levels that should be considered "semiprotected"
5365 *
5366 * Certain places in the interface recognize a dichotomy between "protected"
5367 * and "semiprotected", without further distinguishing the specific levels. In
5368 * general, if anyone can be eligible to edit a protection level merely by
5369 * reaching some condition in $wgAutopromote, it should probably be considered
5370 * "semiprotected".
5371 *
5372 * 'autoconfirmed' is quietly rewritten to 'editsemiprotected' for backwards compatibility.
5373 * 'sysop' is not changed, since it really shouldn't be here.
5374 */
5375 $wgSemiprotectedRestrictionLevels = [ 'autoconfirmed' ];
5376
5377 /**
5378 * Set the minimum permissions required to edit pages in each
5379 * namespace. If you list more than one permission, a user must
5380 * have all of them to edit pages in that namespace.
5381 *
5382 * @note NS_MEDIAWIKI is implicitly restricted to 'editinterface'.
5383 */
5384 $wgNamespaceProtection = [];
5385
5386 /**
5387 * Pages in namespaces in this array can not be used as templates.
5388 *
5389 * Elements MUST be numeric namespace ids, you can safely use the MediaWiki
5390 * namespaces constants (NS_USER, NS_MAIN...).
5391 *
5392 * Among other things, this may be useful to enforce read-restrictions
5393 * which may otherwise be bypassed by using the template mechanism.
5394 */
5395 $wgNonincludableNamespaces = [];
5396
5397 /**
5398 * Number of seconds an account is required to age before it's given the
5399 * implicit 'autoconfirm' group membership. This can be used to limit
5400 * privileges of new accounts.
5401 *
5402 * Accounts created by earlier versions of the software may not have a
5403 * recorded creation date, and will always be considered to pass the age test.
5404 *
5405 * When left at 0, all registered accounts will pass.
5406 *
5407 * @par Example:
5408 * Set automatic confirmation to 10 minutes (which is 600 seconds):
5409 * @code
5410 * $wgAutoConfirmAge = 600; // ten minutes
5411 * @endcode
5412 * Set age to one day:
5413 * @code
5414 * $wgAutoConfirmAge = 3600*24; // one day
5415 * @endcode
5416 */
5417 $wgAutoConfirmAge = 0;
5418
5419 /**
5420 * Number of edits an account requires before it is autoconfirmed.
5421 * Passing both this AND the time requirement is needed. Example:
5422 *
5423 * @par Example:
5424 * @code
5425 * $wgAutoConfirmCount = 50;
5426 * @endcode
5427 */
5428 $wgAutoConfirmCount = 0;
5429
5430 /**
5431 * Array containing the conditions of automatic promotion of a user to specific groups.
5432 *
5433 * The basic syntax for `$wgAutopromote` is:
5434 *
5435 * $wgAutopromote = array(
5436 * 'groupname' => cond,
5437 * 'group2' => cond2,
5438 * );
5439 *
5440 * A `cond` may be:
5441 * - a single condition without arguments:
5442 * Note that Autopromote wraps a single non-array value into an array
5443 * e.g. `APCOND_EMAILCONFIRMED` OR
5444 * array( `APCOND_EMAILCONFIRMED` )
5445 * - a single condition with arguments:
5446 * e.g. `array( APCOND_EDITCOUNT, 100 )`
5447 * - a set of conditions:
5448 * e.g. `array( 'operand', cond1, cond2, ... )`
5449 *
5450 * When constructing a set of conditions, the following conditions are available:
5451 * - `&` (**AND**):
5452 * promote if user matches **ALL** conditions
5453 * - `|` (**OR**):
5454 * promote if user matches **ANY** condition
5455 * - `^` (**XOR**):
5456 * promote if user matches **ONLY ONE OF THE CONDITIONS**
5457 * - `!` (**NOT**):
5458 * promote if user matces **NO** condition
5459 * - array( APCOND_EMAILCONFIRMED ):
5460 * true if user has a confirmed e-mail
5461 * - array( APCOND_EDITCOUNT, number of edits ):
5462 * true if user has the at least the number of edits as the passed parameter
5463 * - array( APCOND_AGE, seconds since registration ):
5464 * true if the length of time since the user created his/her account
5465 * is at least the same length of time as the passed parameter
5466 * - array( APCOND_AGE_FROM_EDIT, seconds since first edit ):
5467 * true if the length of time since the user made his/her first edit
5468 * is at least the same length of time as the passed parameter
5469 * - array( APCOND_INGROUPS, group1, group2, ... ):
5470 * true if the user is a member of each of the passed groups
5471 * - array( APCOND_ISIP, ip ):
5472 * true if the user has the passed IP address
5473 * - array( APCOND_IPINRANGE, range ):
5474 * true if the user has an IP address in the range of the passed parameter
5475 * - array( APCOND_BLOCKED ):
5476 * true if the user is blocked
5477 * - array( APCOND_ISBOT ):
5478 * true if the user is a bot
5479 * - similar constructs can be defined by extensions
5480 *
5481 * The sets of conditions are evaluated recursively, so you can use nested sets of conditions
5482 * linked by operands.
5483 *
5484 * Note that if $wgEmailAuthentication is disabled, APCOND_EMAILCONFIRMED will be true for any
5485 * user who has provided an e-mail address.
5486 */
5487 $wgAutopromote = [
5488 'autoconfirmed' => [ '&',
5489 [ APCOND_EDITCOUNT, &$wgAutoConfirmCount ],
5490 [ APCOND_AGE, &$wgAutoConfirmAge ],
5491 ],
5492 ];
5493
5494 /**
5495 * Automatically add a usergroup to any user who matches certain conditions.
5496 *
5497 * Does not add the user to the group again if it has been removed.
5498 * Also, does not remove the group if the user no longer meets the criteria.
5499 *
5500 * The format is:
5501 * @code
5502 * [ event => criteria, ... ]
5503 * @endcode
5504 * Where event is either:
5505 * - 'onEdit' (when user edits)
5506 *
5507 * Criteria has the same format as $wgAutopromote
5508 *
5509 * @see $wgAutopromote
5510 * @since 1.18
5511 */
5512 $wgAutopromoteOnce = [
5513 'onEdit' => [],
5514 ];
5515
5516 /**
5517 * Put user rights log entries for autopromotion in recent changes?
5518 * @since 1.18
5519 */
5520 $wgAutopromoteOnceLogInRC = true;
5521
5522 /**
5523 * $wgAddGroups and $wgRemoveGroups can be used to give finer control over who
5524 * can assign which groups at Special:Userrights.
5525 *
5526 * @par Example:
5527 * Bureaucrats can add any group:
5528 * @code
5529 * $wgAddGroups['bureaucrat'] = true;
5530 * @endcode
5531 * Bureaucrats can only remove bots and sysops:
5532 * @code
5533 * $wgRemoveGroups['bureaucrat'] = [ 'bot', 'sysop' ];
5534 * @endcode
5535 * Sysops can make bots:
5536 * @code
5537 * $wgAddGroups['sysop'] = [ 'bot' ];
5538 * @endcode
5539 * Sysops can disable other sysops in an emergency, and disable bots:
5540 * @code
5541 * $wgRemoveGroups['sysop'] = [ 'sysop', 'bot' ];
5542 * @endcode
5543 */
5544 $wgAddGroups = [];
5545
5546 /**
5547 * @see $wgAddGroups
5548 */
5549 $wgRemoveGroups = [];
5550
5551 /**
5552 * A list of available rights, in addition to the ones defined by the core.
5553 * For extensions only.
5554 */
5555 $wgAvailableRights = [];
5556
5557 /**
5558 * Optional to restrict deletion of pages with higher revision counts
5559 * to users with the 'bigdelete' permission. (Default given to sysops.)
5560 */
5561 $wgDeleteRevisionsLimit = 0;
5562
5563 /**
5564 * The maximum number of edits a user can have and
5565 * can still be hidden by users with the hideuser permission.
5566 * This is limited for performance reason.
5567 * Set to false to disable the limit.
5568 * @since 1.23
5569 */
5570 $wgHideUserContribLimit = 1000;
5571
5572 /**
5573 * Number of accounts each IP address may create per specified period(s).
5574 *
5575 * @par Example:
5576 * @code
5577 * $wgAccountCreationThrottle = [
5578 * // no more than 100 per month
5579 * [
5580 * 'count' => 100,
5581 * 'seconds' => 30*86400,
5582 * ],
5583 * // no more than 10 per day
5584 * [
5585 * 'count' => 10,
5586 * 'seconds' => 86400,
5587 * ],
5588 * ];
5589 * @endcode
5590 *
5591 * @warning Requires $wgMainCacheType to be enabled
5592 */
5593 $wgAccountCreationThrottle = [ [
5594 'count' => 0,
5595 'seconds' => 86400,
5596 ] ];
5597
5598 /**
5599 * Edits matching these regular expressions in body text
5600 * will be recognised as spam and rejected automatically.
5601 *
5602 * There's no administrator override on-wiki, so be careful what you set. :)
5603 * May be an array of regexes or a single string for backwards compatibility.
5604 *
5605 * @see https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Regular_expression
5606 *
5607 * @note Each regex needs a beginning/end delimiter, eg: # or /
5608 */
5609 $wgSpamRegex = [];
5610
5611 /**
5612 * Same as the above except for edit summaries
5613 */
5614 $wgSummarySpamRegex = [];
5615
5616 /**
5617 * Whether to use DNS blacklists in $wgDnsBlacklistUrls to check for open
5618 * proxies
5619 * @since 1.16
5620 */
5621 $wgEnableDnsBlacklist = false;
5622
5623 /**
5624 * List of DNS blacklists to use, if $wgEnableDnsBlacklist is true.
5625 *
5626 * This is an array of either a URL or an array with the URL and a key (should
5627 * the blacklist require a key).
5628 *
5629 * @par Example:
5630 * @code
5631 * $wgDnsBlacklistUrls = [
5632 * // String containing URL
5633 * 'http.dnsbl.sorbs.net.',
5634 * // Array with URL and key, for services that require a key
5635 * [ 'dnsbl.httpbl.net.', 'mykey' ],
5636 * // Array with just the URL. While this works, it is recommended that you
5637 * // just use a string as shown above
5638 * [ 'opm.tornevall.org.' ]
5639 * ];
5640 * @endcode
5641 *
5642 * @note You should end the domain name with a . to avoid searching your
5643 * eventual domain search suffixes.
5644 * @since 1.16
5645 */
5646 $wgDnsBlacklistUrls = [ 'http.dnsbl.sorbs.net.' ];
5647
5648 /**
5649 * Proxy whitelist, list of addresses that are assumed to be non-proxy despite
5650 * what the other methods might say.
5651 */
5652 $wgProxyWhitelist = [];
5653
5654 /**
5655 * IP ranges that should be considered soft-blocked (anon-only, account
5656 * creation allowed). The intent is to use this to prevent anonymous edits from
5657 * shared resources such as Wikimedia Labs.
5658 * @since 1.29
5659 * @var string[]
5660 */
5661 $wgSoftBlockRanges = [];
5662
5663 /**
5664 * Whether to look at the X-Forwarded-For header's list of (potentially spoofed)
5665 * IPs and apply IP blocks to them. This allows for IP blocks to work with correctly-configured
5666 * (transparent) proxies without needing to block the proxies themselves.
5667 */
5668 $wgApplyIpBlocksToXff = false;
5669
5670 /**
5671 * Simple rate limiter options to brake edit floods.
5672 *
5673 * Maximum number actions allowed in the given number of seconds; after that
5674 * the violating client receives HTTP 500 error pages until the period
5675 * elapses.
5676 *
5677 * @par Example:
5678 * Limits per configured per action and then type of users.
5679 * @code
5680 * $wgRateLimits = [
5681 * 'edit' => [
5682 * 'anon' => [ x, y ], // any and all anonymous edits (aggregate)
5683 * 'user' => [ x, y ], // each logged-in user
5684 * 'newbie' => [ x, y ], // each new autoconfirmed accounts; overrides 'user'
5685 * 'ip' => [ x, y ], // each anon and recent account
5686 * 'subnet' => [ x, y ], // ... within a /24 subnet in IPv4 or /64 in IPv6
5687 * 'groupName' => [ x, y ], // by group membership
5688 * ]
5689 * ];
5690 * @endcode
5691 *
5692 * @par Normally, the 'noratelimit' right allows a user to bypass any rate
5693 * limit checks. This can be disabled on a per-action basis by setting the
5694 * special '&can-bypass' key to false in that action's configuration.
5695 * @code
5696 * $wgRateLimits = [
5697 * 'some-action' => [
5698 * '&can-bypass' => false,
5699 * 'user' => [ x, y ],
5700 * ];
5701 * @endcode
5702 *
5703 * @warning Requires that $wgMainCacheType is set to something persistent
5704 */
5705 $wgRateLimits = [
5706 // Page edits
5707 'edit' => [
5708 'ip' => [ 8, 60 ],
5709 'newbie' => [ 8, 60 ],
5710 ],
5711 // Page moves
5712 'move' => [
5713 'newbie' => [ 2, 120 ],
5714 'user' => [ 8, 60 ],
5715 ],
5716 // File uploads
5717 'upload' => [
5718 'ip' => [ 8, 60 ],
5719 'newbie' => [ 8, 60 ],
5720 ],
5721 // Page rollbacks
5722 'rollback' => [
5723 'user' => [ 10, 60 ],
5724 'newbie' => [ 5, 120 ]
5725 ],
5726 // Triggering password resets emails
5727 'mailpassword' => [
5728 'ip' => [ 5, 3600 ],
5729 ],
5730 // Emailing other users using MediaWiki
5731 'emailuser' => [
5732 'ip' => [ 5, 86400 ],
5733 'newbie' => [ 5, 86400 ],
5734 'user' => [ 20, 86400 ],
5735 ],
5736 // Purging pages
5737 'purge' => [
5738 'ip' => [ 30, 60 ],
5739 'user' => [ 30, 60 ],
5740 ],
5741 // Purges of link tables
5742 'linkpurge' => [
5743 'ip' => [ 30, 60 ],
5744 'user' => [ 30, 60 ],
5745 ],
5746 // Files rendered via thumb.php or thumb_handler.php
5747 'renderfile' => [
5748 'ip' => [ 700, 30 ],
5749 'user' => [ 700, 30 ],
5750 ],
5751 // Same as above but for non-standard thumbnails
5752 'renderfile-nonstandard' => [
5753 'ip' => [ 70, 30 ],
5754 'user' => [ 70, 30 ],
5755 ],
5756 // Stashing edits into cache before save
5757 'stashedit' => [
5758 'ip' => [ 30, 60 ],
5759 'newbie' => [ 30, 60 ],
5760 ],
5761 // Adding or removing change tags
5762 'changetag' => [
5763 'ip' => [ 8, 60 ],
5764 'newbie' => [ 8, 60 ],
5765 ],
5766 // Changing the content model of a page
5767 'editcontentmodel' => [
5768 'newbie' => [ 2, 120 ],
5769 'user' => [ 8, 60 ],
5770 ],
5771 ];
5772
5773 /**
5774 * Array of IPs / CIDR ranges which should be excluded from rate limits.
5775 * This may be useful for whitelisting NAT gateways for conferences, etc.
5776 */
5777 $wgRateLimitsExcludedIPs = [];
5778
5779 /**
5780 * Log IP addresses in the recentchanges table; can be accessed only by
5781 * extensions (e.g. CheckUser) or a DB admin
5782 * Used for retroactive autoblocks
5783 */
5784 $wgPutIPinRC = true;
5785
5786 /**
5787 * Integer defining default number of entries to show on
5788 * special pages which are query-pages such as Special:Whatlinkshere.
5789 */
5790 $wgQueryPageDefaultLimit = 50;
5791
5792 /**
5793 * Limit password attempts to X attempts per Y seconds per IP per account.
5794 *
5795 * Value is an array of arrays. Each sub-array must have a key for count
5796 * (ie count of how many attempts before throttle) and a key for seconds.
5797 * If the key 'allIPs' (case sensitive) is present, then the limit is
5798 * just per account instead of per IP per account.
5799 *
5800 * @since 1.27 allIps support and multiple limits added in 1.27. Prior
5801 * to 1.27 this only supported having a single throttle.
5802 * @warning Requires $wgMainCacheType to be enabled
5803 */
5804 $wgPasswordAttemptThrottle = [
5805 // Short term limit
5806 [ 'count' => 5, 'seconds' => 300 ],
5807 // Long term limit. We need to balance the risk
5808 // of somebody using this as a DoS attack to lock someone
5809 // out of their account, and someone doing a brute force attack.
5810 [ 'count' => 150, 'seconds' => 60 * 60 * 48 ],
5811 ];
5812
5813 /**
5814 * @var Array Map of (grant => right => boolean)
5815 * Users authorize consumers (like Apps) to act on their behalf but only with
5816 * a subset of the user's normal account rights (signed off on by the user).
5817 * The possible rights to grant to a consumer are bundled into groups called
5818 * "grants". Each grant defines some rights it lets consumers inherit from the
5819 * account they may act on behalf of. Note that a user granting a right does
5820 * nothing if that user does not actually have that right to begin with.
5821 * @since 1.27
5822 */
5823 $wgGrantPermissions = [];
5824
5825 // @TODO: clean up grants
5826 // @TODO: auto-include read/editsemiprotected rights?
5827
5828 $wgGrantPermissions['basic']['autoconfirmed'] = true;
5829 $wgGrantPermissions['basic']['autopatrol'] = true;
5830 $wgGrantPermissions['basic']['editsemiprotected'] = true;
5831 $wgGrantPermissions['basic']['ipblock-exempt'] = true;
5832 $wgGrantPermissions['basic']['nominornewtalk'] = true;
5833 $wgGrantPermissions['basic']['patrolmarks'] = true;
5834 $wgGrantPermissions['basic']['purge'] = true;
5835 $wgGrantPermissions['basic']['read'] = true;
5836 $wgGrantPermissions['basic']['skipcaptcha'] = true;
5837 $wgGrantPermissions['basic']['writeapi'] = true;
5838
5839 $wgGrantPermissions['highvolume']['bot'] = true;
5840 $wgGrantPermissions['highvolume']['apihighlimits'] = true;
5841 $wgGrantPermissions['highvolume']['noratelimit'] = true;
5842 $wgGrantPermissions['highvolume']['markbotedits'] = true;
5843
5844 $wgGrantPermissions['editpage']['edit'] = true;
5845 $wgGrantPermissions['editpage']['minoredit'] = true;
5846 $wgGrantPermissions['editpage']['applychangetags'] = true;
5847 $wgGrantPermissions['editpage']['changetags'] = true;
5848
5849 $wgGrantPermissions['editprotected'] = $wgGrantPermissions['editpage'];
5850 $wgGrantPermissions['editprotected']['editprotected'] = true;
5851
5852 $wgGrantPermissions['editmycssjs'] = $wgGrantPermissions['editpage'];
5853 $wgGrantPermissions['editmycssjs']['editmyusercss'] = true;
5854 $wgGrantPermissions['editmycssjs']['editmyuserjs'] = true;
5855
5856 $wgGrantPermissions['editmyoptions']['editmyoptions'] = true;
5857
5858 $wgGrantPermissions['editinterface'] = $wgGrantPermissions['editpage'];
5859 $wgGrantPermissions['editinterface']['editinterface'] = true;
5860 $wgGrantPermissions['editinterface']['editusercss'] = true;
5861 $wgGrantPermissions['editinterface']['edituserjs'] = true;
5862
5863 $wgGrantPermissions['createeditmovepage'] = $wgGrantPermissions['editpage'];
5864 $wgGrantPermissions['createeditmovepage']['createpage'] = true;
5865 $wgGrantPermissions['createeditmovepage']['createtalk'] = true;
5866 $wgGrantPermissions['createeditmovepage']['move'] = true;
5867 $wgGrantPermissions['createeditmovepage']['move-rootuserpages'] = true;
5868 $wgGrantPermissions['createeditmovepage']['move-subpages'] = true;
5869 $wgGrantPermissions['createeditmovepage']['move-categorypages'] = true;
5870
5871 $wgGrantPermissions['uploadfile']['upload'] = true;
5872 $wgGrantPermissions['uploadfile']['reupload-own'] = true;
5873
5874 $wgGrantPermissions['uploadeditmovefile'] = $wgGrantPermissions['uploadfile'];
5875 $wgGrantPermissions['uploadeditmovefile']['reupload'] = true;
5876 $wgGrantPermissions['uploadeditmovefile']['reupload-shared'] = true;
5877 $wgGrantPermissions['uploadeditmovefile']['upload_by_url'] = true;
5878 $wgGrantPermissions['uploadeditmovefile']['movefile'] = true;
5879 $wgGrantPermissions['uploadeditmovefile']['suppressredirect'] = true;
5880
5881 $wgGrantPermissions['patrol']['patrol'] = true;
5882
5883 $wgGrantPermissions['rollback']['rollback'] = true;
5884
5885 $wgGrantPermissions['blockusers']['block'] = true;
5886 $wgGrantPermissions['blockusers']['blockemail'] = true;
5887
5888 $wgGrantPermissions['viewdeleted']['browsearchive'] = true;
5889 $wgGrantPermissions['viewdeleted']['deletedhistory'] = true;
5890 $wgGrantPermissions['viewdeleted']['deletedtext'] = true;
5891
5892 $wgGrantPermissions['viewrestrictedlogs']['suppressionlog'] = true;
5893
5894 $wgGrantPermissions['delete'] = $wgGrantPermissions['editpage'] +
5895 $wgGrantPermissions['viewdeleted'];
5896 $wgGrantPermissions['delete']['delete'] = true;
5897 $wgGrantPermissions['delete']['bigdelete'] = true;
5898 $wgGrantPermissions['delete']['deletelogentry'] = true;
5899 $wgGrantPermissions['delete']['deleterevision'] = true;
5900 $wgGrantPermissions['delete']['undelete'] = true;
5901
5902 $wgGrantPermissions['protect'] = $wgGrantPermissions['editprotected'];
5903 $wgGrantPermissions['protect']['protect'] = true;
5904
5905 $wgGrantPermissions['viewmywatchlist']['viewmywatchlist'] = true;
5906
5907 $wgGrantPermissions['editmywatchlist']['editmywatchlist'] = true;
5908
5909 $wgGrantPermissions['sendemail']['sendemail'] = true;
5910
5911 $wgGrantPermissions['createaccount']['createaccount'] = true;
5912
5913 $wgGrantPermissions['privateinfo']['viewmyprivateinfo'] = true;
5914
5915 /**
5916 * @var Array Map of grants to their UI grouping
5917 * @since 1.27
5918 */
5919 $wgGrantPermissionGroups = [
5920 // Hidden grants are implicitly present
5921 'basic' => 'hidden',
5922
5923 'editpage' => 'page-interaction',
5924 'createeditmovepage' => 'page-interaction',
5925 'editprotected' => 'page-interaction',
5926 'patrol' => 'page-interaction',
5927
5928 'uploadfile' => 'file-interaction',
5929 'uploadeditmovefile' => 'file-interaction',
5930
5931 'sendemail' => 'email',
5932
5933 'viewmywatchlist' => 'watchlist-interaction',
5934 'editviewmywatchlist' => 'watchlist-interaction',
5935
5936 'editmycssjs' => 'customization',
5937 'editmyoptions' => 'customization',
5938
5939 'editinterface' => 'administration',
5940 'rollback' => 'administration',
5941 'blockusers' => 'administration',
5942 'delete' => 'administration',
5943 'viewdeleted' => 'administration',
5944 'viewrestrictedlogs' => 'administration',
5945 'protect' => 'administration',
5946 'createaccount' => 'administration',
5947
5948 'highvolume' => 'high-volume',
5949
5950 'privateinfo' => 'private-information',
5951 ];
5952
5953 /**
5954 * @var bool Whether to enable bot passwords
5955 * @since 1.27
5956 */
5957 $wgEnableBotPasswords = true;
5958
5959 /**
5960 * Cluster for the bot_passwords table
5961 * @var string|bool If false, the normal cluster will be used
5962 * @since 1.27
5963 */
5964 $wgBotPasswordsCluster = false;
5965
5966 /**
5967 * Database name for the bot_passwords table
5968 *
5969 * To use a database with a table prefix, set this variable to
5970 * "{$database}-{$prefix}".
5971 * @var string|bool If false, the normal database will be used
5972 * @since 1.27
5973 */
5974 $wgBotPasswordsDatabase = false;
5975
5976 /** @} */ # end of user rights settings
5977
5978 /************************************************************************//**
5979 * @name Proxy scanner settings
5980 * @{
5981 */
5982
5983 /**
5984 * This should always be customised in LocalSettings.php
5985 */
5986 $wgSecretKey = false;
5987
5988 /**
5989 * Big list of banned IP addresses.
5990 *
5991 * This can have the following formats:
5992 * - An array of addresses, either in the values
5993 * or the keys (for backward compatibility, deprecated since 1.30)
5994 * - A string, in that case this is the path to a file
5995 * containing the list of IP addresses, one per line
5996 */
5997 $wgProxyList = [];
5998
5999 /** @} */ # end of proxy scanner settings
6000
6001 /************************************************************************//**
6002 * @name Cookie settings
6003 * @{
6004 */
6005
6006 /**
6007 * Default cookie lifetime, in seconds. Setting to 0 makes all cookies session-only.
6008 */
6009 $wgCookieExpiration = 30 * 86400;
6010
6011 /**
6012 * Default login cookie lifetime, in seconds. Setting
6013 * $wgExtendLoginCookieExpiration to null will use $wgCookieExpiration to
6014 * calculate the cookie lifetime. As with $wgCookieExpiration, 0 will make
6015 * login cookies session-only.
6016 */
6017 $wgExtendedLoginCookieExpiration = 180 * 86400;
6018
6019 /**
6020 * Set to set an explicit domain on the login cookies eg, "justthis.domain.org"
6021 * or ".any.subdomain.net"
6022 */
6023 $wgCookieDomain = '';
6024
6025 /**
6026 * Set this variable if you want to restrict cookies to a certain path within
6027 * the domain specified by $wgCookieDomain.
6028 */
6029 $wgCookiePath = '/';
6030
6031 /**
6032 * Whether the "secure" flag should be set on the cookie. This can be:
6033 * - true: Set secure flag
6034 * - false: Don't set secure flag
6035 * - "detect": Set the secure flag if $wgServer is set to an HTTPS URL
6036 */
6037 $wgCookieSecure = 'detect';
6038
6039 /**
6040 * By default, MediaWiki checks if the client supports cookies during the
6041 * login process, so that it can display an informative error message if
6042 * cookies are disabled. Set this to true if you want to disable this cookie
6043 * check.
6044 */
6045 $wgDisableCookieCheck = false;
6046
6047 /**
6048 * Cookies generated by MediaWiki have names starting with this prefix. Set it
6049 * to a string to use a custom prefix. Setting it to false causes the database
6050 * name to be used as a prefix.
6051 */
6052 $wgCookiePrefix = false;
6053
6054 /**
6055 * Set authentication cookies to HttpOnly to prevent access by JavaScript,
6056 * in browsers that support this feature. This can mitigates some classes of
6057 * XSS attack.
6058 */
6059 $wgCookieHttpOnly = true;
6060
6061 /**
6062 * A list of cookies that vary the cache (for use by extensions)
6063 */
6064 $wgCacheVaryCookies = [];
6065
6066 /**
6067 * Override to customise the session name
6068 */
6069 $wgSessionName = false;
6070
6071 /**
6072 * Whether to set a cookie when a user is autoblocked. Doing so means that a blocked user, even
6073 * after logging out and moving to a new IP address, will still be blocked. This cookie will contain
6074 * an authentication code if $wgSecretKey is set, or otherwise will just be the block ID (in
6075 * which case there is a possibility of an attacker discovering the names of revdeleted users, so
6076 * it is best to use this in conjunction with $wgSecretKey being set).
6077 */
6078 $wgCookieSetOnAutoblock = false;
6079
6080 /** @} */ # end of cookie settings }
6081
6082 /************************************************************************//**
6083 * @name LaTeX (mathematical formulas)
6084 * @{
6085 */
6086
6087 /**
6088 * To use inline TeX, you need to compile 'texvc' (in the 'math' subdirectory of
6089 * the MediaWiki package and have latex, dvips, gs (ghostscript), andconvert
6090 * (ImageMagick) installed and available in the PATH.
6091 * Please see math/README for more information.
6092 */
6093 $wgUseTeX = false;
6094
6095 /** @} */ # end LaTeX }
6096
6097 /************************************************************************//**
6098 * @name Profiling, testing and debugging
6099 *
6100 * To enable profiling, edit StartProfiler.php
6101 *
6102 * @{
6103 */
6104
6105 /**
6106 * Filename for debug logging. See https://www.mediawiki.org/wiki/How_to_debug
6107 * The debug log file should be not be publicly accessible if it is used, as it
6108 * may contain private data.
6109 */
6110 $wgDebugLogFile = '';
6111
6112 /**
6113 * Prefix for debug log lines
6114 */
6115 $wgDebugLogPrefix = '';
6116
6117 /**
6118 * If true, instead of redirecting, show a page with a link to the redirect
6119 * destination. This allows for the inspection of PHP error messages, and easy
6120 * resubmission of form data. For developer use only.
6121 */
6122 $wgDebugRedirects = false;
6123
6124 /**
6125 * If true, log debugging data from action=raw and load.php.
6126 * This is normally false to avoid overlapping debug entries due to gen=css
6127 * and gen=js requests.
6128 */
6129 $wgDebugRawPage = false;
6130
6131 /**
6132 * Send debug data to an HTML comment in the output.
6133 *
6134 * This may occasionally be useful when supporting a non-technical end-user.
6135 * It's more secure than exposing the debug log file to the web, since the
6136 * output only contains private data for the current user. But it's not ideal
6137 * for development use since data is lost on fatal errors and redirects.
6138 */
6139 $wgDebugComments = false;
6140
6141 /**
6142 * Write SQL queries to the debug log.
6143 *
6144 * This setting is only used $wgLBFactoryConf['class'] is set to
6145 * 'LBFactorySimple' and $wgDBservers is an empty array; otherwise
6146 * the DBO_DEBUG flag must be set in the 'flags' option of the database
6147 * connection to achieve the same functionality.
6148 */
6149 $wgDebugDumpSql = false;
6150
6151 /**
6152 * Performance expectations for DB usage
6153 *
6154 * @since 1.26
6155 */
6156 $wgTrxProfilerLimits = [
6157 // HTTP GET/HEAD requests.
6158 // Master queries should not happen on GET requests
6159 'GET' => [
6160 'masterConns' => 0,
6161 'writes' => 0,
6162 'readQueryTime' => 5
6163 ],
6164 // HTTP POST requests.
6165 // Master reads and writes will happen for a subset of these.
6166 'POST' => [
6167 'readQueryTime' => 5,
6168 'writeQueryTime' => 1,
6169 'maxAffected' => 1000
6170 ],
6171 'POST-nonwrite' => [
6172 'masterConns' => 0,
6173 'writes' => 0,
6174 'readQueryTime' => 5
6175 ],
6176 // Deferred updates that run after HTTP response is sent
6177 'PostSend' => [
6178 'readQueryTime' => 5,
6179 'writeQueryTime' => 1,
6180 'maxAffected' => 1000,
6181 // Log master queries under the post-send entry point as they are discouraged
6182 'masterConns' => 0,
6183 'writes' => 0,
6184 ],
6185 // Background job runner
6186 'JobRunner' => [
6187 'readQueryTime' => 30,
6188 'writeQueryTime' => 5,
6189 'maxAffected' => 500 // ballpark of $wgUpdateRowsPerQuery
6190 ],
6191 // Command-line scripts
6192 'Maintenance' => [
6193 'writeQueryTime' => 5,
6194 'maxAffected' => 1000
6195 ]
6196 ];
6197
6198 /**
6199 * Map of string log group names to log destinations.
6200 *
6201 * If set, wfDebugLog() output for that group will go to that file instead
6202 * of the regular $wgDebugLogFile. Useful for enabling selective logging
6203 * in production.
6204 *
6205 * Log destinations may be one of the following:
6206 * - false to completely remove from the output, including from $wgDebugLogFile.
6207 * - string values specifying a filename or URI.
6208 * - associative array with keys:
6209 * - 'destination' desired filename or URI.
6210 * - 'sample' an integer value, specifying a sampling factor (optional)
6211 * - 'level' A \Psr\Log\LogLevel constant, indicating the minimum level
6212 * to log (optional, since 1.25)
6213 *
6214 * @par Example:
6215 * @code
6216 * $wgDebugLogGroups['redis'] = '/var/log/mediawiki/redis.log';
6217 * @endcode
6218 *
6219 * @par Advanced example:
6220 * @code
6221 * $wgDebugLogGroups['memcached'] = [
6222 * 'destination' => '/var/log/mediawiki/memcached.log',
6223 * 'sample' => 1000, // log 1 message out of every 1,000.
6224 * 'level' => \Psr\Log\LogLevel::WARNING
6225 * ];
6226 * @endcode
6227 */
6228 $wgDebugLogGroups = [];
6229
6230 /**
6231 * Default service provider for creating Psr\Log\LoggerInterface instances.
6232 *
6233 * The value should be an array suitable for use with
6234 * ObjectFactory::getObjectFromSpec(). The created object is expected to
6235 * implement the MediaWiki\Logger\Spi interface. See ObjectFactory for additional
6236 * details.
6237 *
6238 * Alternately the MediaWiki\Logger\LoggerFactory::registerProvider method can
6239 * be called to inject an MediaWiki\Logger\Spi instance into the LoggerFactory
6240 * and bypass the use of this configuration variable entirely.
6241 *
6242 * @par To completely disable logging:
6243 * @code
6244 * $wgMWLoggerDefaultSpi = [ 'class' => '\\MediaWiki\\Logger\\NullSpi' ];
6245 * @endcode
6246 *
6247 * @since 1.25
6248 * @var array $wgMWLoggerDefaultSpi
6249 * @see MwLogger
6250 */
6251 $wgMWLoggerDefaultSpi = [
6252 'class' => '\\MediaWiki\\Logger\\LegacySpi',
6253 ];
6254
6255 /**
6256 * Display debug data at the bottom of the main content area.
6257 *
6258 * Useful for developers and technical users trying to working on a closed wiki.
6259 */
6260 $wgShowDebug = false;
6261
6262 /**
6263 * Prefix debug messages with relative timestamp. Very-poor man's profiler.
6264 * Since 1.19 also includes memory usage.
6265 */
6266 $wgDebugTimestamps = false;
6267
6268 /**
6269 * Print HTTP headers for every request in the debug information.
6270 */
6271 $wgDebugPrintHttpHeaders = true;
6272
6273 /**
6274 * Show the contents of $wgHooks in Special:Version
6275 */
6276 $wgSpecialVersionShowHooks = false;
6277
6278 /**
6279 * Whether to show "we're sorry, but there has been a database error" pages.
6280 * Displaying errors aids in debugging, but may display information useful
6281 * to an attacker.
6282 */
6283 $wgShowSQLErrors = false;
6284
6285 /**
6286 * If set to true, uncaught exceptions will print a complete stack trace
6287 * to output. This should only be used for debugging, as it may reveal
6288 * private information in function parameters due to PHP's backtrace
6289 * formatting.
6290 */
6291 $wgShowExceptionDetails = false;
6292
6293 /**
6294 * If true, show a backtrace for database errors
6295 *
6296 * @note This setting only applies when connection errors and query errors are
6297 * reported in the normal manner. $wgShowExceptionDetails applies in other cases,
6298 * including those in which an uncaught exception is thrown from within the
6299 * exception handler.
6300 */
6301 $wgShowDBErrorBacktrace = false;
6302
6303 /**
6304 * If true, send the exception backtrace to the error log
6305 */
6306 $wgLogExceptionBacktrace = true;
6307
6308 /**
6309 * Expose backend server host names through the API and various HTML comments
6310 */
6311 $wgShowHostnames = false;
6312
6313 /**
6314 * Override server hostname detection with a hardcoded value.
6315 * Should be a string, default false.
6316 * @since 1.20
6317 */
6318 $wgOverrideHostname = false;
6319
6320 /**
6321 * If set to true MediaWiki will throw notices for some possible error
6322 * conditions and for deprecated functions.
6323 */
6324 $wgDevelopmentWarnings = false;
6325
6326 /**
6327 * Release limitation to wfDeprecated warnings, if set to a release number
6328 * development warnings will not be generated for deprecations added in releases
6329 * after the limit.
6330 */
6331 $wgDeprecationReleaseLimit = false;
6332
6333 /**
6334 * Only record profiling info for pages that took longer than this
6335 * @deprecated since 1.25: set $wgProfiler['threshold'] instead.
6336 */
6337 $wgProfileLimit = 0.0;
6338
6339 /**
6340 * Don't put non-profiling info into log file
6341 *
6342 * @deprecated since 1.23, set the log file in
6343 * $wgDebugLogGroups['profileoutput'] instead.
6344 */
6345 $wgProfileOnly = false;
6346
6347 /**
6348 * Destination of statsd metrics.
6349 *
6350 * A host or host:port of a statsd server. Port defaults to 8125.
6351 *
6352 * If not set, statsd metrics will not be collected.
6353 *
6354 * @see wfLogProfilingData
6355 * @since 1.25
6356 */
6357 $wgStatsdServer = false;
6358
6359 /**
6360 * Prefix for metric names sent to $wgStatsdServer.
6361 *
6362 * @see MediaWikiServices::getStatsdDataFactory
6363 * @see BufferingStatsdDataFactory
6364 * @since 1.25
6365 */
6366 $wgStatsdMetricPrefix = 'MediaWiki';
6367
6368 /**
6369 * Sampling rate for statsd metrics as an associative array of patterns and rates.
6370 * Patterns are Unix shell patterns (e.g. 'MediaWiki.api.*').
6371 * Rates are sampling probabilities (e.g. 0.1 means 1 in 10 events are sampled).
6372 * @since 1.28
6373 */
6374 $wgStatsdSamplingRates = [];
6375
6376 /**
6377 * InfoAction retrieves a list of transclusion links (both to and from).
6378 * This number puts a limit on that query in the case of highly transcluded
6379 * templates.
6380 */
6381 $wgPageInfoTransclusionLimit = 50;
6382
6383 /**
6384 * Set this to an integer to only do synchronous site_stats updates
6385 * one every *this many* updates. The other requests go into pending
6386 * delta values in $wgMemc. Make sure that $wgMemc is a global cache.
6387 * If set to -1, updates *only* go to $wgMemc (useful for daemons).
6388 */
6389 $wgSiteStatsAsyncFactor = false;
6390
6391 /**
6392 * Parser test suite files to be run by parserTests.php when no specific
6393 * filename is passed to it.
6394 *
6395 * Extensions using extension.json will have any *.txt file in a
6396 * tests/parser/ directory automatically run.
6397 *
6398 * Core tests can be added to ParserTestRunner::$coreTestFiles.
6399 *
6400 * Use full paths.
6401 *
6402 * @deprecated since 1.30
6403 */
6404 $wgParserTestFiles = [];
6405
6406 /**
6407 * Allow running of javascript test suites via [[Special:JavaScriptTest]] (such as QUnit).
6408 */
6409 $wgEnableJavaScriptTest = false;
6410
6411 /**
6412 * Overwrite the caching key prefix with custom value.
6413 * @since 1.19
6414 */
6415 $wgCachePrefix = false;
6416
6417 /**
6418 * Display the new debugging toolbar. This also enables profiling on database
6419 * queries and other useful output.
6420 * Will be ignored if $wgUseFileCache or $wgUseSquid is enabled.
6421 *
6422 * @since 1.19
6423 */
6424 $wgDebugToolbar = false;
6425
6426 /** @} */ # end of profiling, testing and debugging }
6427
6428 /************************************************************************//**
6429 * @name Search
6430 * @{
6431 */
6432
6433 /**
6434 * Set this to true to disable the full text search feature.
6435 */
6436 $wgDisableTextSearch = false;
6437
6438 /**
6439 * Set to true to have nicer highlighted text in search results,
6440 * by default off due to execution overhead
6441 */
6442 $wgAdvancedSearchHighlighting = false;
6443
6444 /**
6445 * Regexp to match word boundaries, defaults for non-CJK languages
6446 * should be empty for CJK since the words are not separate
6447 */
6448 $wgSearchHighlightBoundaries = '[\p{Z}\p{P}\p{C}]';
6449
6450 /**
6451 * Template for OpenSearch suggestions, defaults to API action=opensearch
6452 *
6453 * Sites with heavy load would typically have these point to a custom
6454 * PHP wrapper to avoid firing up mediawiki for every keystroke
6455 *
6456 * Placeholders: {searchTerms}
6457 *
6458 * @deprecated since 1.25 Use $wgOpenSearchTemplates['application/x-suggestions+json'] instead
6459 */
6460 $wgOpenSearchTemplate = false;
6461
6462 /**
6463 * Templates for OpenSearch suggestions, defaults to API action=opensearch
6464 *
6465 * Sites with heavy load would typically have these point to a custom
6466 * PHP wrapper to avoid firing up mediawiki for every keystroke
6467 *
6468 * Placeholders: {searchTerms}
6469 */
6470 $wgOpenSearchTemplates = [
6471 'application/x-suggestions+json' => false,
6472 'application/x-suggestions+xml' => false,
6473 ];
6474
6475 /**
6476 * Enable OpenSearch suggestions requested by MediaWiki. Set this to
6477 * false if you've disabled scripts that use api?action=opensearch and
6478 * want reduce load caused by cached scripts still pulling suggestions.
6479 * It will let the API fallback by responding with an empty array.
6480 */
6481 $wgEnableOpenSearchSuggest = true;
6482
6483 /**
6484 * Integer defining default number of entries to show on
6485 * OpenSearch call.
6486 */
6487 $wgOpenSearchDefaultLimit = 10;
6488
6489 /**
6490 * Minimum length of extract in <Description>. Actual extracts will last until the end of sentence.
6491 */
6492 $wgOpenSearchDescriptionLength = 100;
6493
6494 /**
6495 * Expiry time for search suggestion responses
6496 */
6497 $wgSearchSuggestCacheExpiry = 1200;
6498
6499 /**
6500 * If you've disabled search semi-permanently, this also disables updates to the
6501 * table. If you ever re-enable, be sure to rebuild the search table.
6502 */
6503 $wgDisableSearchUpdate = false;
6504
6505 /**
6506 * List of namespaces which are searched by default.
6507 *
6508 * @par Example:
6509 * @code
6510 * $wgNamespacesToBeSearchedDefault[NS_MAIN] = true;
6511 * $wgNamespacesToBeSearchedDefault[NS_PROJECT] = true;
6512 * @endcode
6513 */
6514 $wgNamespacesToBeSearchedDefault = [
6515 NS_MAIN => true,
6516 ];
6517
6518 /**
6519 * Disable the internal MySQL-based search, to allow it to be
6520 * implemented by an extension instead.
6521 */
6522 $wgDisableInternalSearch = false;
6523
6524 /**
6525 * Set this to a URL to forward search requests to some external location.
6526 * If the URL includes '$1', this will be replaced with the URL-encoded
6527 * search term.
6528 *
6529 * @par Example:
6530 * To forward to Google you'd have something like:
6531 * @code
6532 * $wgSearchForwardUrl =
6533 * 'https://www.google.com/search?q=$1' .
6534 * '&domains=https://example.com' .
6535 * '&sitesearch=https://example.com' .
6536 * '&ie=utf-8&oe=utf-8';
6537 * @endcode
6538 */
6539 $wgSearchForwardUrl = null;
6540
6541 /**
6542 * Search form behavior.
6543 * - true = use Go & Search buttons
6544 * - false = use Go button & Advanced search link
6545 */
6546 $wgUseTwoButtonsSearchForm = true;
6547
6548 /**
6549 * Array of namespaces to generate a Google sitemap for when the
6550 * maintenance/generateSitemap.php script is run, or false if one is to be
6551 * generated for all namespaces.
6552 */
6553 $wgSitemapNamespaces = false;
6554
6555 /**
6556 * Custom namespace priorities for sitemaps. Setting this will allow you to
6557 * set custom priorities to namespaces when sitemaps are generated using the
6558 * maintenance/generateSitemap.php script.
6559 *
6560 * This should be a map of namespace IDs to priority
6561 * @par Example:
6562 * @code
6563 * $wgSitemapNamespacesPriorities = [
6564 * NS_USER => '0.9',
6565 * NS_HELP => '0.0',
6566 * ];
6567 * @endcode
6568 */
6569 $wgSitemapNamespacesPriorities = false;
6570
6571 /**
6572 * If true, searches for IP addresses will be redirected to that IP's
6573 * contributions page. E.g. searching for "1.2.3.4" will redirect to
6574 * [[Special:Contributions/1.2.3.4]]
6575 */
6576 $wgEnableSearchContributorsByIP = true;
6577
6578 /** @} */ # end of search settings
6579
6580 /************************************************************************//**
6581 * @name Edit user interface
6582 * @{
6583 */
6584
6585 /**
6586 * Path to the GNU diff3 utility. If the file doesn't exist, edit conflicts will
6587 * fall back to the old behavior (no merging).
6588 */
6589 $wgDiff3 = '/usr/bin/diff3';
6590
6591 /**
6592 * Path to the GNU diff utility.
6593 */
6594 $wgDiff = '/usr/bin/diff';
6595
6596 /**
6597 * Which namespaces have special treatment where they should be preview-on-open
6598 * Internally only Category: pages apply, but using this extensions (e.g. Semantic MediaWiki)
6599 * can specify namespaces of pages they have special treatment for
6600 */
6601 $wgPreviewOnOpenNamespaces = [
6602 NS_CATEGORY => true
6603 ];
6604
6605 /**
6606 * Enable the UniversalEditButton for browsers that support it
6607 * (currently only Firefox with an extension)
6608 * See http://universaleditbutton.org for more background information
6609 */
6610 $wgUniversalEditButton = true;
6611
6612 /**
6613 * If user doesn't specify any edit summary when making a an edit, MediaWiki
6614 * will try to automatically create one. This feature can be disabled by set-
6615 * ting this variable false.
6616 */
6617 $wgUseAutomaticEditSummaries = true;
6618
6619 /** @} */ # end edit UI }
6620
6621 /************************************************************************//**
6622 * @name Maintenance
6623 * See also $wgSiteNotice
6624 * @{
6625 */
6626
6627 /**
6628 * @cond file_level_code
6629 * Set $wgCommandLineMode if it's not set already, to avoid notices
6630 */
6631 if ( !isset( $wgCommandLineMode ) ) {
6632 $wgCommandLineMode = false;
6633 }
6634 /** @endcond */
6635
6636 /**
6637 * For colorized maintenance script output, is your terminal background dark ?
6638 */
6639 $wgCommandLineDarkBg = false;
6640
6641 /**
6642 * Set this to a string to put the wiki into read-only mode. The text will be
6643 * used as an explanation to users.
6644 *
6645 * This prevents most write operations via the web interface. Cache updates may
6646 * still be possible. To prevent database writes completely, use the read_only
6647 * option in MySQL.
6648 */
6649 $wgReadOnly = null;
6650
6651 /**
6652 * If this lock file exists (size > 0), the wiki will be forced into read-only mode.
6653 * Its contents will be shown to users as part of the read-only warning
6654 * message.
6655 *
6656 * Will default to "{$wgUploadDirectory}/lock_yBgMBwiR" in Setup.php
6657 */
6658 $wgReadOnlyFile = false;
6659
6660 /**
6661 * When you run the web-based upgrade utility, it will tell you what to set
6662 * this to in order to authorize the upgrade process. It will subsequently be
6663 * used as a password, to authorize further upgrades.
6664 *
6665 * For security, do not set this to a guessable string. Use the value supplied
6666 * by the install/upgrade process. To cause the upgrader to generate a new key,
6667 * delete the old key from LocalSettings.php.
6668 */
6669 $wgUpgradeKey = false;
6670
6671 /**
6672 * Fully specified path to git binary
6673 */
6674 $wgGitBin = '/usr/bin/git';
6675
6676 /**
6677 * Map GIT repository URLs to viewer URLs to provide links in Special:Version
6678 *
6679 * Key is a pattern passed to preg_match() and preg_replace(),
6680 * without the delimiters (which are #) and must match the whole URL.
6681 * The value is the replacement for the key (it can contain $1, etc.)
6682 * %h will be replaced by the short SHA-1 (7 first chars) and %H by the
6683 * full SHA-1 of the HEAD revision.
6684 * %r will be replaced with a URL-encoded version of $1.
6685 * %R will be replaced with $1 and no URL-encoding
6686 *
6687 * @since 1.20
6688 */
6689 $wgGitRepositoryViewers = [
6690 'https://(?:[a-z0-9_]+@)?gerrit.wikimedia.org/r/(?:p/)?(.*)' =>
6691 'https://phabricator.wikimedia.org/r/revision/%R;%H',
6692 'ssh://(?:[a-z0-9_]+@)?gerrit.wikimedia.org:29418/(.*)' =>
6693 'https://phabricator.wikimedia.org/r/revision/%R;%H',
6694 ];
6695
6696 /** @} */ # End of maintenance }
6697
6698 /************************************************************************//**
6699 * @name Recent changes, new pages, watchlist and history
6700 * @{
6701 */
6702
6703 /**
6704 * Recentchanges items are periodically purged; entries older than this many
6705 * seconds will go.
6706 * Default: 90 days = about three months
6707 */
6708 $wgRCMaxAge = 90 * 24 * 3600;
6709
6710 /**
6711 * Page watchers inactive for more than this many seconds are considered inactive.
6712 * Used mainly by action=info. Default: 180 days = about six months.
6713 * @since 1.26
6714 */
6715 $wgWatchersMaxAge = 180 * 24 * 3600;
6716
6717 /**
6718 * If active watchers (per above) are this number or less, do not disclose it.
6719 * Left to 1, prevents unprivileged users from knowing for sure that there are 0.
6720 * Set to -1 if you want to always complement watchers count with this info.
6721 * @since 1.26
6722 */
6723 $wgUnwatchedPageSecret = 1;
6724
6725 /**
6726 * Filter $wgRCLinkDays by $wgRCMaxAge to avoid showing links for numbers
6727 * higher than what will be stored. Note that this is disabled by default
6728 * because we sometimes do have RC data which is beyond the limit for some
6729 * reason, and some users may use the high numbers to display that data which
6730 * is still there.
6731 */
6732 $wgRCFilterByAge = false;
6733
6734 /**
6735 * List of Limits options to list in the Special:Recentchanges and
6736 * Special:Recentchangeslinked pages.
6737 */
6738 $wgRCLinkLimits = [ 50, 100, 250, 500 ];
6739
6740 /**
6741 * List of Days options to list in the Special:Recentchanges and
6742 * Special:Recentchangeslinked pages.
6743 */
6744 $wgRCLinkDays = [ 1, 3, 7, 14, 30 ];
6745
6746 /**
6747 * Configuration for feeds to which notifications about recent changes will be sent.
6748 *
6749 * The following feed classes are available by default:
6750 * - 'UDPRCFeedEngine' - sends recent changes over UDP to the specified server.
6751 * - 'RedisPubSubFeedEngine' - send recent changes to Redis.
6752 *
6753 * Only 'class' or 'uri' is required. If 'uri' is set instead of 'class', then
6754 * RecentChange::getEngine() is used to determine the class. All options are
6755 * passed to the constructor.
6756 *
6757 * Common options:
6758 * - 'class' -- The class to use for this feed (must implement RCFeed).
6759 * - 'omit_bots' -- Exclude bot edits from the feed. (default: false)
6760 * - 'omit_anon' -- Exclude anonymous edits from the feed. (default: false)
6761 * - 'omit_user' -- Exclude edits by registered users from the feed. (default: false)
6762 * - 'omit_minor' -- Exclude minor edits from the feed. (default: false)
6763 * - 'omit_patrolled' -- Exclude patrolled edits from the feed. (default: false)
6764 *
6765 * FormattedRCFeed-specific options:
6766 * - 'uri' -- [required] The address to which the messages are sent.
6767 * The uri scheme of this string will be looked up in $wgRCEngines
6768 * to determine which RCFeedEngine class to use.
6769 * - 'formatter' -- [required] The class (implementing RCFeedFormatter) which will
6770 * produce the text to send. This can also be an object of the class.
6771 * Formatters available by default: JSONRCFeedFormatter, XMLRCFeedFormatter,
6772 * IRCColourfulRCFeedFormatter.
6773 *
6774 * IRCColourfulRCFeedFormatter-specific options:
6775 * - 'add_interwiki_prefix' -- whether the titles should be prefixed with
6776 * the first entry in the $wgLocalInterwikis array (or the value of
6777 * $wgLocalInterwiki, if set)
6778 *
6779 * JSONRCFeedFormatter-specific options:
6780 * - 'channel' -- if set, the 'channel' parameter is also set in JSON values.
6781 *
6782 * @example $wgRCFeeds['example'] = [
6783 * 'uri' => 'udp://localhost:1336',
6784 * 'formatter' => 'JSONRCFeedFormatter',
6785 * 'add_interwiki_prefix' => false,
6786 * 'omit_bots' => true,
6787 * ];
6788 * @example $wgRCFeeds['example'] = [
6789 * 'uri' => 'udp://localhost:1338',
6790 * 'formatter' => 'IRCColourfulRCFeedFormatter',
6791 * 'add_interwiki_prefix' => false,
6792 * 'omit_bots' => true,
6793 * ];
6794 * @example $wgRCFeeds['example'] = [
6795 * 'class' => 'ExampleRCFeed',
6796 * ];
6797 * @since 1.22
6798 */
6799 $wgRCFeeds = [];
6800
6801 /**
6802 * Used by RecentChange::getEngine to find the correct engine for a given URI scheme.
6803 * Keys are scheme names, values are names of FormattedRCFeed sub classes.
6804 * @since 1.22
6805 */
6806 $wgRCEngines = [
6807 'redis' => 'RedisPubSubFeedEngine',
6808 'udp' => 'UDPRCFeedEngine',
6809 ];
6810
6811 /**
6812 * Treat category membership changes as a RecentChange.
6813 * Changes are mentioned in RC for page actions as follows:
6814 * - creation: pages created with categories are mentioned
6815 * - edit: category additions/removals to existing pages are mentioned
6816 * - move: nothing is mentioned (unless templates used depend on the title)
6817 * - deletion: nothing is mentioned
6818 * - undeletion: nothing is mentioned
6819 *
6820 * @since 1.27
6821 */
6822 $wgRCWatchCategoryMembership = false;
6823
6824 /**
6825 * Use RC Patrolling to check for vandalism (from recent changes and watchlists)
6826 * New pages and new files are included.
6827 */
6828 $wgUseRCPatrol = true;
6829
6830 /**
6831 * Whether to show the new experimental views (like namespaces, tags, and users) in
6832 * RecentChanges filters
6833 */
6834 $wgStructuredChangeFiltersEnableExperimentalViews = false;
6835
6836 /**
6837 * Whether to allow users to use the experimental live update feature in the new RecentChanges UI
6838 */
6839 $wgStructuredChangeFiltersEnableLiveUpdate = false;
6840
6841 /**
6842 * Whether to enable RCFilters app on Special:Watchlist
6843 */
6844 $wgStructuredChangeFiltersOnWatchlist = false;
6845
6846 /**
6847 * Use new page patrolling to check new pages on Special:Newpages
6848 */
6849 $wgUseNPPatrol = true;
6850
6851 /**
6852 * Use file patrolling to check new files on Special:Newfiles
6853 *
6854 * @since 1.27
6855 */
6856 $wgUseFilePatrol = true;
6857
6858 /**
6859 * Log autopatrol actions to the log table
6860 */
6861 $wgLogAutopatrol = true;
6862
6863 /**
6864 * Provide syndication feeds (RSS, Atom) for, e.g., Recentchanges, Newpages
6865 */
6866 $wgFeed = true;
6867
6868 /**
6869 * Set maximum number of results to return in syndication feeds (RSS, Atom) for
6870 * eg Recentchanges, Newpages.
6871 */
6872 $wgFeedLimit = 50;
6873
6874 /**
6875 * _Minimum_ timeout for cached Recentchanges feed, in seconds.
6876 * A cached version will continue to be served out even if changes
6877 * are made, until this many seconds runs out since the last render.
6878 *
6879 * If set to 0, feed caching is disabled. Use this for debugging only;
6880 * feed generation can be pretty slow with diffs.
6881 */
6882 $wgFeedCacheTimeout = 60;
6883
6884 /**
6885 * When generating Recentchanges RSS/Atom feed, diffs will not be generated for
6886 * pages larger than this size.
6887 */
6888 $wgFeedDiffCutoff = 32768;
6889
6890 /**
6891 * Override the site's default RSS/ATOM feed for recentchanges that appears on
6892 * every page. Some sites might have a different feed they'd like to promote
6893 * instead of the RC feed (maybe like a "Recent New Articles" or "Breaking news" one).
6894 * Should be a format as key (either 'rss' or 'atom') and an URL to the feed
6895 * as value.
6896 * @par Example:
6897 * Configure the 'atom' feed to https://example.com/somefeed.xml
6898 * @code
6899 * $wgSiteFeed['atom'] = "https://example.com/somefeed.xml";
6900 * @endcode
6901 */
6902 $wgOverrideSiteFeed = [];
6903
6904 /**
6905 * Available feeds objects.
6906 * Should probably only be defined when a page is syndicated ie when
6907 * $wgOut->isSyndicated() is true.
6908 */
6909 $wgFeedClasses = [
6910 'rss' => 'RSSFeed',
6911 'atom' => 'AtomFeed',
6912 ];
6913
6914 /**
6915 * Which feed types should we provide by default? This can include 'rss',
6916 * 'atom', neither, or both.
6917 */
6918 $wgAdvertisedFeedTypes = [ 'atom' ];
6919
6920 /**
6921 * Show watching users in recent changes, watchlist and page history views
6922 */
6923 $wgRCShowWatchingUsers = false; # UPO
6924
6925 /**
6926 * Show the amount of changed characters in recent changes
6927 */
6928 $wgRCShowChangedSize = true;
6929
6930 /**
6931 * If the difference between the character counts of the text
6932 * before and after the edit is below that value, the value will be
6933 * highlighted on the RC page.
6934 */
6935 $wgRCChangedSizeThreshold = 500;
6936
6937 /**
6938 * Show "Updated (since my last visit)" marker in RC view, watchlist and history
6939 * view for watched pages with new changes
6940 */
6941 $wgShowUpdatedMarker = true;
6942
6943 /**
6944 * Disable links to talk pages of anonymous users (IPs) in listings on special
6945 * pages like page history, Special:Recentchanges, etc.
6946 */
6947 $wgDisableAnonTalk = false;
6948
6949 /**
6950 * Enable filtering of categories in Recentchanges
6951 */
6952 $wgAllowCategorizedRecentChanges = false;
6953
6954 /**
6955 * Allow filtering by change tag in recentchanges, history, etc
6956 * Has no effect if no tags are defined in valid_tag.
6957 */
6958 $wgUseTagFilter = true;
6959
6960 /**
6961 * If set to an integer, pages that are watched by this many users or more
6962 * will not require the unwatchedpages permission to view the number of
6963 * watchers.
6964 *
6965 * @since 1.21
6966 */
6967 $wgUnwatchedPageThreshold = false;
6968
6969 /**
6970 * Flags (letter symbols) shown in recent changes and watchlist to indicate
6971 * certain types of edits.
6972 *
6973 * To register a new one:
6974 * @code
6975 * $wgRecentChangesFlags['flag'] => [
6976 * // message for the letter displayed next to rows on changes lists
6977 * 'letter' => 'letter-msg',
6978 * // message for the tooltip of the letter
6979 * 'title' => 'tooltip-msg',
6980 * // optional (defaults to 'tooltip-msg'), message to use in the legend box
6981 * 'legend' => 'legend-msg',
6982 * // optional (defaults to 'flag'), CSS class to put on changes lists rows
6983 * 'class' => 'css-class',
6984 * // optional (defaults to 'any'), how top-level flag is determined. 'any'
6985 * // will set the top-level flag if any line contains the flag, 'all' will
6986 * // only be set if all lines contain the flag.
6987 * 'grouping' => 'any',
6988 * ];
6989 * @endcode
6990 *
6991 * @since 1.22
6992 */
6993 $wgRecentChangesFlags = [
6994 'newpage' => [
6995 'letter' => 'newpageletter',
6996 'title' => 'recentchanges-label-newpage',
6997 'legend' => 'recentchanges-legend-newpage',
6998 'grouping' => 'any',
6999 ],
7000 'minor' => [
7001 'letter' => 'minoreditletter',
7002 'title' => 'recentchanges-label-minor',
7003 'legend' => 'recentchanges-legend-minor',
7004 'class' => 'minoredit',
7005 'grouping' => 'all',
7006 ],
7007 'bot' => [
7008 'letter' => 'boteditletter',
7009 'title' => 'recentchanges-label-bot',
7010 'legend' => 'recentchanges-legend-bot',
7011 'class' => 'botedit',
7012 'grouping' => 'all',
7013 ],
7014 'unpatrolled' => [
7015 'letter' => 'unpatrolledletter',
7016 'title' => 'recentchanges-label-unpatrolled',
7017 'legend' => 'recentchanges-legend-unpatrolled',
7018 'grouping' => 'any',
7019 ],
7020 ];
7021
7022 /** @} */ # end RC/watchlist }
7023
7024 /************************************************************************//**
7025 * @name Copyright and credits settings
7026 * @{
7027 */
7028
7029 /**
7030 * Override for copyright metadata.
7031 *
7032 * This is the name of the page containing information about the wiki's copyright status,
7033 * which will be added as a link in the footer if it is specified. It overrides
7034 * $wgRightsUrl if both are specified.
7035 */
7036 $wgRightsPage = null;
7037
7038 /**
7039 * Set this to specify an external URL containing details about the content license used on your
7040 * wiki.
7041 * If $wgRightsPage is set then this setting is ignored.
7042 */
7043 $wgRightsUrl = null;
7044
7045 /**
7046 * If either $wgRightsUrl or $wgRightsPage is specified then this variable gives the text for the
7047 * link.
7048 * If using $wgRightsUrl then this value must be specified. If using $wgRightsPage then the name
7049 * of the page will also be used as the link if this variable is not set.
7050 */
7051 $wgRightsText = null;
7052
7053 /**
7054 * Override for copyright metadata.
7055 */
7056 $wgRightsIcon = null;
7057
7058 /**
7059 * Set this to true if you want detailed copyright information forms on Upload.
7060 */
7061 $wgUseCopyrightUpload = false;
7062
7063 /**
7064 * Set this to the number of authors that you want to be credited below an
7065 * article text. Set it to zero to hide the attribution block, and a negative
7066 * number (like -1) to show all authors. Note that this will require 2-3 extra
7067 * database hits, which can have a not insignificant impact on performance for
7068 * large wikis.
7069 */
7070 $wgMaxCredits = 0;
7071
7072 /**
7073 * If there are more than $wgMaxCredits authors, show $wgMaxCredits of them.
7074 * Otherwise, link to a separate credits page.
7075 */
7076 $wgShowCreditsIfMax = true;
7077
7078 /** @} */ # end of copyright and credits settings }
7079
7080 /************************************************************************//**
7081 * @name Import / Export
7082 * @{
7083 */
7084
7085 /**
7086 * List of interwiki prefixes for wikis we'll accept as sources for
7087 * Special:Import and API action=import. Since complete page history can be
7088 * imported, these should be 'trusted'.
7089 *
7090 * This can either be a regular array, or an associative map specifying
7091 * subprojects on the interwiki map of the target wiki, or a mix of the two,
7092 * e.g.
7093 * @code
7094 * $wgImportSources = [
7095 * 'wikipedia' => [ 'cs', 'en', 'fr', 'zh' ],
7096 * 'wikispecies',
7097 * 'wikia' => [ 'animanga', 'brickipedia', 'desserts' ],
7098 * ];
7099 * @endcode
7100 *
7101 * If you have a very complex import sources setup, you can lazy-load it using
7102 * the ImportSources hook.
7103 *
7104 * If a user has the 'import' permission but not the 'importupload' permission,
7105 * they will only be able to run imports through this transwiki interface.
7106 */
7107 $wgImportSources = [];
7108
7109 /**
7110 * Optional default target namespace for interwiki imports.
7111 * Can use this to create an incoming "transwiki"-style queue.
7112 * Set to numeric key, not the name.
7113 *
7114 * Users may override this in the Special:Import dialog.
7115 */
7116 $wgImportTargetNamespace = null;
7117
7118 /**
7119 * If set to false, disables the full-history option on Special:Export.
7120 * This is currently poorly optimized for long edit histories, so is
7121 * disabled on Wikimedia's sites.
7122 */
7123 $wgExportAllowHistory = true;
7124
7125 /**
7126 * If set nonzero, Special:Export requests for history of pages with
7127 * more revisions than this will be rejected. On some big sites things
7128 * could get bogged down by very very long pages.
7129 */
7130 $wgExportMaxHistory = 0;
7131
7132 /**
7133 * Return distinct author list (when not returning full history)
7134 */
7135 $wgExportAllowListContributors = false;
7136
7137 /**
7138 * If non-zero, Special:Export accepts a "pagelink-depth" parameter
7139 * up to this specified level, which will cause it to include all
7140 * pages linked to from the pages you specify. Since this number
7141 * can become *insanely large* and could easily break your wiki,
7142 * it's disabled by default for now.
7143 *
7144 * @warning There's a HARD CODED limit of 5 levels of recursion to prevent a
7145 * crazy-big export from being done by someone setting the depth number too
7146 * high. In other words, last resort safety net.
7147 */
7148 $wgExportMaxLinkDepth = 0;
7149
7150 /**
7151 * Whether to allow the "export all pages in namespace" option
7152 */
7153 $wgExportFromNamespaces = false;
7154
7155 /**
7156 * Whether to allow exporting the entire wiki into a single file
7157 */
7158 $wgExportAllowAll = false;
7159
7160 /**
7161 * Maximum number of pages returned by the GetPagesFromCategory and
7162 * GetPagesFromNamespace functions.
7163 *
7164 * @since 1.27
7165 */
7166 $wgExportPagelistLimit = 5000;
7167
7168 /** @} */ # end of import/export }
7169
7170 /*************************************************************************//**
7171 * @name Extensions
7172 * @{
7173 */
7174
7175 /**
7176 * A list of callback functions which are called once MediaWiki is fully
7177 * initialised
7178 */
7179 $wgExtensionFunctions = [];
7180
7181 /**
7182 * Extension messages files.
7183 *
7184 * Associative array mapping extension name to the filename where messages can be
7185 * found. The file should contain variable assignments. Any of the variables
7186 * present in languages/messages/MessagesEn.php may be defined, but $messages
7187 * is the most common.
7188 *
7189 * Variables defined in extensions will override conflicting variables defined
7190 * in the core.
7191 *
7192 * Since MediaWiki 1.23, use of this variable to define messages is discouraged; instead, store
7193 * messages in JSON format and use $wgMessagesDirs. For setting other variables than
7194 * $messages, $wgExtensionMessagesFiles should still be used. Use a DIFFERENT key because
7195 * any entry having a key that also exists in $wgMessagesDirs will be ignored.
7196 *
7197 * Extensions using the JSON message format can preserve backward compatibility with
7198 * earlier versions of MediaWiki by using a compatibility shim, such as one generated
7199 * by the generateJsonI18n.php maintenance script, listing it under the SAME key
7200 * as for the $wgMessagesDirs entry.
7201 *
7202 * @par Example:
7203 * @code
7204 * $wgExtensionMessagesFiles['ConfirmEdit'] = __DIR__.'/ConfirmEdit.i18n.php';
7205 * @endcode
7206 */
7207 $wgExtensionMessagesFiles = [];
7208
7209 /**
7210 * Extension messages directories.
7211 *
7212 * Associative array mapping extension name to the path of the directory where message files can
7213 * be found. The message files are expected to be JSON files named for their language code, e.g.
7214 * en.json, de.json, etc. Extensions with messages in multiple places may specify an array of
7215 * message directories.
7216 *
7217 * Message directories in core should be added to LocalisationCache::getMessagesDirs()
7218 *
7219 * @par Simple example:
7220 * @code
7221 * $wgMessagesDirs['Example'] = __DIR__ . '/i18n';
7222 * @endcode
7223 *
7224 * @par Complex example:
7225 * @code
7226 * $wgMessagesDirs['Example'] = [
7227 * __DIR__ . '/lib/ve/i18n',
7228 * __DIR__ . '/lib/oojs-ui/i18n',
7229 * __DIR__ . '/i18n',
7230 * ]
7231 * @endcode
7232 * @since 1.23
7233 */
7234 $wgMessagesDirs = [];
7235
7236 /**
7237 * Array of files with list(s) of extension entry points to be used in
7238 * maintenance/mergeMessageFileList.php
7239 * @since 1.22
7240 */
7241 $wgExtensionEntryPointListFiles = [];
7242
7243 /**
7244 * Parser output hooks.
7245 * This is an associative array where the key is an extension-defined tag
7246 * (typically the extension name), and the value is a PHP callback.
7247 * These will be called as an OutputPageParserOutput hook, if the relevant
7248 * tag has been registered with the parser output object.
7249 *
7250 * Registration is done with $pout->addOutputHook( $tag, $data ).
7251 *
7252 * The callback has the form:
7253 * @code
7254 * function outputHook( $outputPage, $parserOutput, $data ) { ... }
7255 * @endcode
7256 */
7257 $wgParserOutputHooks = [];
7258
7259 /**
7260 * Whether to include the NewPP limit report as a HTML comment
7261 */
7262 $wgEnableParserLimitReporting = true;
7263
7264 /**
7265 * List of valid skin names
7266 *
7267 * The key should be the name in all lower case, the value should be a properly
7268 * cased name for the skin. This value will be prefixed with "Skin" to create
7269 * the class name of the skin to load. Use Skin::getSkinNames() as an accessor
7270 * if you wish to have access to the full list.
7271 */
7272 $wgValidSkinNames = [];
7273
7274 /**
7275 * Special page list. This is an associative array mapping the (canonical) names of
7276 * special pages to either a class name to be instantiated, or a callback to use for
7277 * creating the special page object. In both cases, the result must be an instance of
7278 * SpecialPage.
7279 */
7280 $wgSpecialPages = [];
7281
7282 /**
7283 * Array mapping class names to filenames, for autoloading.
7284 */
7285 $wgAutoloadClasses = [];
7286
7287 /**
7288 * Switch controlling legacy case-insensitive classloading.
7289 * Do not disable if your wiki must support data created by PHP4, or by
7290 * MediaWiki 1.4 or earlier.
7291 */
7292 $wgAutoloadAttemptLowercase = true;
7293
7294 /**
7295 * An array of information about installed extensions keyed by their type.
7296 *
7297 * All but 'name', 'path' and 'author' can be omitted.
7298 *
7299 * @code
7300 * $wgExtensionCredits[$type][] = [
7301 * 'path' => __FILE__,
7302 * 'name' => 'Example extension',
7303 * 'namemsg' => 'exampleextension-name',
7304 * 'author' => [
7305 * 'Foo Barstein',
7306 * ],
7307 * 'version' => '1.9.0',
7308 * 'url' => 'https://example.org/example-extension/',
7309 * 'descriptionmsg' => 'exampleextension-desc',
7310 * 'license-name' => 'GPL-2.0+',
7311 * ];
7312 * @endcode
7313 *
7314 * The extensions are listed on Special:Version. This page also looks for a file
7315 * named COPYING or LICENSE (optional .txt extension) and provides a link to
7316 * view said file. When the 'license-name' key is specified, this file is
7317 * interpreted as wikitext.
7318 *
7319 * - $type: One of 'specialpage', 'parserhook', 'variable', 'media', 'antispam',
7320 * 'skin', 'api', or 'other', or any additional types as specified through the
7321 * ExtensionTypes hook as used in SpecialVersion::getExtensionTypes().
7322 *
7323 * - name: Name of extension as an inline string instead of localizable message.
7324 * Do not omit this even if 'namemsg' is provided, as it is used to override
7325 * the path Special:Version uses to find extension's license info, and is
7326 * required for backwards-compatibility with MediaWiki 1.23 and older.
7327 *
7328 * - namemsg (since MW 1.24): A message key for a message containing the
7329 * extension's name, if the name is localizable. (For example, skin names
7330 * usually are.)
7331 *
7332 * - author: A string or an array of strings. Authors can be linked using
7333 * the regular wikitext link syntax. To have an internationalized version of
7334 * "and others" show, add an element "...". This element can also be linked,
7335 * for instance "[https://example ...]".
7336 *
7337 * - descriptionmsg: A message key or an an array with message key and parameters:
7338 * `'descriptionmsg' => 'exampleextension-desc',`
7339 *
7340 * - description: Description of extension as an inline string instead of
7341 * localizable message (omit in favour of 'descriptionmsg').
7342 *
7343 * - license-name: Short name of the license (used as label for the link), such
7344 * as "GPL-2.0+" or "MIT" (https://spdx.org/licenses/ for a list of identifiers).
7345 */
7346 $wgExtensionCredits = [];
7347
7348 /**
7349 * Authentication plugin.
7350 * @var $wgAuth AuthPlugin
7351 * @deprecated since 1.27 use $wgAuthManagerConfig instead
7352 */
7353 $wgAuth = null;
7354
7355 /**
7356 * Global list of hooks.
7357 *
7358 * The key is one of the events made available by MediaWiki, you can find
7359 * a description for most of them in docs/hooks.txt. The array is used
7360 * internally by Hook:run().
7361 *
7362 * The value can be one of:
7363 *
7364 * - A function name:
7365 * @code
7366 * $wgHooks['event_name'][] = $function;
7367 * @endcode
7368 * - A function with some data:
7369 * @code
7370 * $wgHooks['event_name'][] = [ $function, $data ];
7371 * @endcode
7372 * - A an object method:
7373 * @code
7374 * $wgHooks['event_name'][] = [ $object, 'method' ];
7375 * @endcode
7376 * - A closure:
7377 * @code
7378 * $wgHooks['event_name'][] = function ( $hookParam ) {
7379 * // Handler code goes here.
7380 * };
7381 * @endcode
7382 *
7383 * @warning You should always append to an event array or you will end up
7384 * deleting a previous registered hook.
7385 *
7386 * @warning Hook handlers should be registered at file scope. Registering
7387 * handlers after file scope can lead to unexpected results due to caching.
7388 */
7389 $wgHooks = [];
7390
7391 /**
7392 * List of service wiring files to be loaded by the default instance of MediaWikiServices.
7393 * Each file listed here is expected to return an associative array mapping service names
7394 * to instantiator functions. Extensions may add wiring files to define their own services.
7395 * However, this cannot be used to replace existing services - use the MediaWikiServices
7396 * hook for that.
7397 *
7398 * @see MediaWikiServices
7399 * @see ServiceContainer::loadWiringFiles() for details on loading service instantiator functions.
7400 * @see docs/injection.txt for an overview of dependency injection in MediaWiki.
7401 */
7402 $wgServiceWiringFiles = [
7403 __DIR__ . '/ServiceWiring.php'
7404 ];
7405
7406 /**
7407 * Maps jobs to their handlers; extensions
7408 * can add to this to provide custom jobs.
7409 * A job handler should either be a class name to be instantiated,
7410 * or (since 1.30) a callback to use for creating the job object.
7411 */
7412 $wgJobClasses = [
7413 'refreshLinks' => 'RefreshLinksJob',
7414 'deleteLinks' => 'DeleteLinksJob',
7415 'htmlCacheUpdate' => 'HTMLCacheUpdateJob',
7416 'sendMail' => 'EmaillingJob',
7417 'enotifNotify' => 'EnotifNotifyJob',
7418 'fixDoubleRedirect' => 'DoubleRedirectJob',
7419 'AssembleUploadChunks' => 'AssembleUploadChunksJob',
7420 'PublishStashedFile' => 'PublishStashedFileJob',
7421 'ThumbnailRender' => 'ThumbnailRenderJob',
7422 'recentChangesUpdate' => 'RecentChangesUpdateJob',
7423 'refreshLinksPrioritized' => 'RefreshLinksJob',
7424 'refreshLinksDynamic' => 'RefreshLinksJob',
7425 'activityUpdateJob' => 'ActivityUpdateJob',
7426 'categoryMembershipChange' => 'CategoryMembershipChangeJob',
7427 'cdnPurge' => 'CdnPurgeJob',
7428 'enqueue' => 'EnqueueJob', // local queue for multi-DC setups
7429 'null' => 'NullJob'
7430 ];
7431
7432 /**
7433 * Jobs that must be explicitly requested, i.e. aren't run by job runners unless
7434 * special flags are set. The values here are keys of $wgJobClasses.
7435 *
7436 * These can be:
7437 * - Very long-running jobs.
7438 * - Jobs that you would never want to run as part of a page rendering request.
7439 * - Jobs that you want to run on specialized machines ( like transcoding, or a particular
7440 * machine on your cluster has 'outside' web access you could restrict uploadFromUrl )
7441 * These settings should be global to all wikis.
7442 */
7443 $wgJobTypesExcludedFromDefaultQueue = [ 'AssembleUploadChunks', 'PublishStashedFile' ];
7444
7445 /**
7446 * Map of job types to how many job "work items" should be run per second
7447 * on each job runner process. The meaning of "work items" varies per job,
7448 * but typically would be something like "pages to update". A single job
7449 * may have a variable number of work items, as is the case with batch jobs.
7450 * This is used by runJobs.php and not jobs run via $wgJobRunRate.
7451 * These settings should be global to all wikis.
7452 * @var float[]
7453 */
7454 $wgJobBackoffThrottling = [];
7455
7456 /**
7457 * Make job runners commit changes for replica DB-lag prone jobs one job at a time.
7458 * This is useful if there are many job workers that race on replica DB lag checks.
7459 * If set, jobs taking this many seconds of DB write time have serialized commits.
7460 *
7461 * Note that affected jobs may have worse lock contention. Also, if they affect
7462 * several DBs at once they may have a smaller chance of being atomic due to the
7463 * possibility of connection loss while queueing up to commit. Affected jobs may
7464 * also fail due to the commit lock acquisition timeout.
7465 *
7466 * @var float|bool
7467 * @since 1.26
7468 */
7469 $wgJobSerialCommitThreshold = false;
7470
7471 /**
7472 * Map of job types to configuration arrays.
7473 * This determines which queue class and storage system is used for each job type.
7474 * Job types that do not have explicit configuration will use the 'default' config.
7475 * These settings should be global to all wikis.
7476 */
7477 $wgJobTypeConf = [
7478 'default' => [ 'class' => 'JobQueueDB', 'order' => 'random', 'claimTTL' => 3600 ],
7479 ];
7480
7481 /**
7482 * Which aggregator to use for tracking which queues have jobs.
7483 * These settings should be global to all wikis.
7484 */
7485 $wgJobQueueAggregator = [
7486 'class' => 'JobQueueAggregatorNull'
7487 ];
7488
7489 /**
7490 * Whether to include the number of jobs that are queued
7491 * for the API's maxlag parameter.
7492 * The total number of jobs will be divided by this to get an
7493 * estimated second of maxlag. Typically bots backoff at maxlag=5,
7494 * so setting this to the max number of jobs that should be in your
7495 * queue divided by 5 should have the effect of stopping bots once
7496 * that limit is hit.
7497 *
7498 * @since 1.29
7499 */
7500 $wgJobQueueIncludeInMaxLagFactor = false;
7501
7502 /**
7503 * Additional functions to be performed with updateSpecialPages.
7504 * Expensive Querypages are already updated.
7505 */
7506 $wgSpecialPageCacheUpdates = [
7507 'Statistics' => [ 'SiteStatsUpdate', 'cacheUpdate' ]
7508 ];
7509
7510 /**
7511 * Page property link table invalidation lists. When a page property
7512 * changes, this may require other link tables to be updated (eg
7513 * adding __HIDDENCAT__ means the hiddencat tracking category will
7514 * have been added, so the categorylinks table needs to be rebuilt).
7515 * This array can be added to by extensions.
7516 */
7517 $wgPagePropLinkInvalidations = [
7518 'hiddencat' => 'categorylinks',
7519 ];
7520
7521 /** @} */ # End extensions }
7522
7523 /*************************************************************************//**
7524 * @name Categories
7525 * @{
7526 */
7527
7528 /**
7529 * Use experimental, DMOZ-like category browser
7530 */
7531 $wgUseCategoryBrowser = false;
7532
7533 /**
7534 * On category pages, show thumbnail gallery for images belonging to that
7535 * category instead of listing them as articles.
7536 */
7537 $wgCategoryMagicGallery = true;
7538
7539 /**
7540 * Paging limit for categories
7541 */
7542 $wgCategoryPagingLimit = 200;
7543
7544 /**
7545 * Specify how category names should be sorted, when listed on a category page.
7546 * A sorting scheme is also known as a collation.
7547 *
7548 * Available values are:
7549 *
7550 * - uppercase: Converts the category name to upper case, and sorts by that.
7551 *
7552 * - identity: Does no conversion. Sorts by binary value of the string.
7553 *
7554 * - uca-default: Provides access to the Unicode Collation Algorithm with
7555 * the default element table. This is a compromise collation which sorts
7556 * all languages in a mediocre way. However, it is better than "uppercase".
7557 *
7558 * To use the uca-default collation, you must have PHP's intl extension
7559 * installed. See https://secure.php.net/manual/en/intl.setup.php . The details of the
7560 * resulting collation will depend on the version of ICU installed on the
7561 * server.
7562 *
7563 * After you change this, you must run maintenance/updateCollation.php to fix
7564 * the sort keys in the database.
7565 *
7566 * Extensions can define there own collations by subclassing Collation
7567 * and using the Collation::factory hook.
7568 */
7569 $wgCategoryCollation = 'uppercase';
7570
7571 /** @} */ # End categories }
7572
7573 /*************************************************************************//**
7574 * @name Logging
7575 * @{
7576 */
7577
7578 /**
7579 * The logging system has two levels: an event type, which describes the
7580 * general category and can be viewed as a named subset of all logs; and
7581 * an action, which is a specific kind of event that can exist in that
7582 * log type.
7583 */
7584 $wgLogTypes = [
7585 '',
7586 'block',
7587 'protect',
7588 'rights',
7589 'delete',
7590 'upload',
7591 'move',
7592 'import',
7593 'patrol',
7594 'merge',
7595 'suppress',
7596 'tag',
7597 'managetags',
7598 'contentmodel',
7599 ];
7600
7601 /**
7602 * This restricts log access to those who have a certain right
7603 * Users without this will not see it in the option menu and can not view it
7604 * Restricted logs are not added to recent changes
7605 * Logs should remain non-transcludable
7606 * Format: logtype => permissiontype
7607 */
7608 $wgLogRestrictions = [
7609 'suppress' => 'suppressionlog'
7610 ];
7611
7612 /**
7613 * Show/hide links on Special:Log will be shown for these log types.
7614 *
7615 * This is associative array of log type => boolean "hide by default"
7616 *
7617 * See $wgLogTypes for a list of available log types.
7618 *
7619 * @par Example:
7620 * @code
7621 * $wgFilterLogTypes = [ 'move' => true, 'import' => false ];
7622 * @endcode
7623 *
7624 * Will display show/hide links for the move and import logs. Move logs will be
7625 * hidden by default unless the link is clicked. Import logs will be shown by
7626 * default, and hidden when the link is clicked.
7627 *
7628 * A message of the form log-show-hide-[type] should be added, and will be used
7629 * for the link text.
7630 */
7631 $wgFilterLogTypes = [
7632 'patrol' => true,
7633 'tag' => true,
7634 ];
7635
7636 /**
7637 * Lists the message key string for each log type. The localized messages
7638 * will be listed in the user interface.
7639 *
7640 * Extensions with custom log types may add to this array.
7641 *
7642 * @since 1.19, if you follow the naming convention log-name-TYPE,
7643 * where TYPE is your log type, yoy don't need to use this array.
7644 */
7645 $wgLogNames = [
7646 '' => 'all-logs-page',
7647 'block' => 'blocklogpage',
7648 'protect' => 'protectlogpage',
7649 'rights' => 'rightslog',
7650 'delete' => 'dellogpage',
7651 'upload' => 'uploadlogpage',
7652 'move' => 'movelogpage',
7653 'import' => 'importlogpage',
7654 'patrol' => 'patrol-log-page',
7655 'merge' => 'mergelog',
7656 'suppress' => 'suppressionlog',
7657 ];
7658
7659 /**
7660 * Lists the message key string for descriptive text to be shown at the
7661 * top of each log type.
7662 *
7663 * Extensions with custom log types may add to this array.
7664 *
7665 * @since 1.19, if you follow the naming convention log-description-TYPE,
7666 * where TYPE is your log type, yoy don't need to use this array.
7667 */
7668 $wgLogHeaders = [
7669 '' => 'alllogstext',
7670 'block' => 'blocklogtext',
7671 'delete' => 'dellogpagetext',
7672 'import' => 'importlogpagetext',
7673 'merge' => 'mergelogpagetext',
7674 'move' => 'movelogpagetext',
7675 'patrol' => 'patrol-log-header',
7676 'protect' => 'protectlogtext',
7677 'rights' => 'rightslogtext',
7678 'suppress' => 'suppressionlogtext',
7679 'upload' => 'uploadlogpagetext',
7680 ];
7681
7682 /**
7683 * Lists the message key string for formatting individual events of each
7684 * type and action when listed in the logs.
7685 *
7686 * Extensions with custom log types may add to this array.
7687 */
7688 $wgLogActions = [];
7689
7690 /**
7691 * The same as above, but here values are names of classes,
7692 * not messages.
7693 * @see LogPage::actionText
7694 * @see LogFormatter
7695 */
7696 $wgLogActionsHandlers = [
7697 'block/block' => 'BlockLogFormatter',
7698 'block/reblock' => 'BlockLogFormatter',
7699 'block/unblock' => 'BlockLogFormatter',
7700 'contentmodel/change' => 'ContentModelLogFormatter',
7701 'contentmodel/new' => 'ContentModelLogFormatter',
7702 'delete/delete' => 'DeleteLogFormatter',
7703 'delete/delete_redir' => 'DeleteLogFormatter',
7704 'delete/event' => 'DeleteLogFormatter',
7705 'delete/restore' => 'DeleteLogFormatter',
7706 'delete/revision' => 'DeleteLogFormatter',
7707 'import/interwiki' => 'ImportLogFormatter',
7708 'import/upload' => 'ImportLogFormatter',
7709 'managetags/activate' => 'LogFormatter',
7710 'managetags/create' => 'LogFormatter',
7711 'managetags/deactivate' => 'LogFormatter',
7712 'managetags/delete' => 'LogFormatter',
7713 'merge/merge' => 'MergeLogFormatter',
7714 'move/move' => 'MoveLogFormatter',
7715 'move/move_redir' => 'MoveLogFormatter',
7716 'patrol/patrol' => 'PatrolLogFormatter',
7717 'patrol/autopatrol' => 'PatrolLogFormatter',
7718 'protect/modify' => 'ProtectLogFormatter',
7719 'protect/move_prot' => 'ProtectLogFormatter',
7720 'protect/protect' => 'ProtectLogFormatter',
7721 'protect/unprotect' => 'ProtectLogFormatter',
7722 'rights/autopromote' => 'RightsLogFormatter',
7723 'rights/rights' => 'RightsLogFormatter',
7724 'suppress/block' => 'BlockLogFormatter',
7725 'suppress/delete' => 'DeleteLogFormatter',
7726 'suppress/event' => 'DeleteLogFormatter',
7727 'suppress/reblock' => 'BlockLogFormatter',
7728 'suppress/revision' => 'DeleteLogFormatter',
7729 'tag/update' => 'TagLogFormatter',
7730 'upload/overwrite' => 'UploadLogFormatter',
7731 'upload/revert' => 'UploadLogFormatter',
7732 'upload/upload' => 'UploadLogFormatter',
7733 ];
7734
7735 /**
7736 * List of log types that can be filtered by action types
7737 *
7738 * To each action is associated the list of log_action
7739 * subtypes to search for, usually one, but not necessarily so
7740 * Extensions may append to this array
7741 * @since 1.27
7742 */
7743 $wgActionFilteredLogs = [
7744 'block' => [
7745 'block' => [ 'block' ],
7746 'reblock' => [ 'reblock' ],
7747 'unblock' => [ 'unblock' ],
7748 ],
7749 'contentmodel' => [
7750 'change' => [ 'change' ],
7751 'new' => [ 'new' ],
7752 ],
7753 'delete' => [
7754 'delete' => [ 'delete' ],
7755 'delete_redir' => [ 'delete_redir' ],
7756 'restore' => [ 'restore' ],
7757 'event' => [ 'event' ],
7758 'revision' => [ 'revision' ],
7759 ],
7760 'import' => [
7761 'interwiki' => [ 'interwiki' ],
7762 'upload' => [ 'upload' ],
7763 ],
7764 'managetags' => [
7765 'create' => [ 'create' ],
7766 'delete' => [ 'delete' ],
7767 'activate' => [ 'activate' ],
7768 'deactivate' => [ 'deactivate' ],
7769 ],
7770 'move' => [
7771 'move' => [ 'move' ],
7772 'move_redir' => [ 'move_redir' ],
7773 ],
7774 'newusers' => [
7775 'create' => [ 'create', 'newusers' ],
7776 'create2' => [ 'create2' ],
7777 'autocreate' => [ 'autocreate' ],
7778 'byemail' => [ 'byemail' ],
7779 ],
7780 'patrol' => [
7781 'patrol' => [ 'patrol' ],
7782 'autopatrol' => [ 'autopatrol' ],
7783 ],
7784 'protect' => [
7785 'protect' => [ 'protect' ],
7786 'modify' => [ 'modify' ],
7787 'unprotect' => [ 'unprotect' ],
7788 'move_prot' => [ 'move_prot' ],
7789 ],
7790 'rights' => [
7791 'rights' => [ 'rights' ],
7792 'autopromote' => [ 'autopromote' ],
7793 ],
7794 'suppress' => [
7795 'event' => [ 'event' ],
7796 'revision' => [ 'revision' ],
7797 'delete' => [ 'delete' ],
7798 'block' => [ 'block' ],
7799 'reblock' => [ 'reblock' ],
7800 ],
7801 'upload' => [
7802 'upload' => [ 'upload' ],
7803 'overwrite' => [ 'overwrite' ],
7804 ],
7805 ];
7806
7807 /**
7808 * Maintain a log of newusers at Log/newusers?
7809 */
7810 $wgNewUserLog = true;
7811
7812 /** @} */ # end logging }
7813
7814 /*************************************************************************//**
7815 * @name Special pages (general and miscellaneous)
7816 * @{
7817 */
7818
7819 /**
7820 * Allow special page inclusions such as {{Special:Allpages}}
7821 */
7822 $wgAllowSpecialInclusion = true;
7823
7824 /**
7825 * Set this to an array of special page names to prevent
7826 * maintenance/updateSpecialPages.php from updating those pages.
7827 */
7828 $wgDisableQueryPageUpdate = false;
7829
7830 /**
7831 * On Special:Unusedimages, consider images "used", if they are put
7832 * into a category. Default (false) is not to count those as used.
7833 */
7834 $wgCountCategorizedImagesAsUsed = false;
7835
7836 /**
7837 * Maximum number of links to a redirect page listed on
7838 * Special:Whatlinkshere/RedirectDestination
7839 */
7840 $wgMaxRedirectLinksRetrieved = 500;
7841
7842 /** @} */ # end special pages }
7843
7844 /*************************************************************************//**
7845 * @name Actions
7846 * @{
7847 */
7848
7849 /**
7850 * Array of allowed values for the "title=foo&action=<action>" parameter. Syntax is:
7851 * 'foo' => 'ClassName' Load the specified class which subclasses Action
7852 * 'foo' => true Load the class FooAction which subclasses Action
7853 * If something is specified in the getActionOverrides()
7854 * of the relevant Page object it will be used
7855 * instead of the default class.
7856 * 'foo' => false The action is disabled; show an error message
7857 * Unsetting core actions will probably cause things to complain loudly.
7858 */
7859 $wgActions = [
7860 'credits' => true,
7861 'delete' => true,
7862 'edit' => true,
7863 'editchangetags' => 'SpecialPageAction',
7864 'history' => true,
7865 'info' => true,
7866 'markpatrolled' => true,
7867 'protect' => true,
7868 'purge' => true,
7869 'raw' => true,
7870 'render' => true,
7871 'revert' => true,
7872 'revisiondelete' => 'SpecialPageAction',
7873 'rollback' => true,
7874 'submit' => true,
7875 'unprotect' => true,
7876 'unwatch' => true,
7877 'view' => true,
7878 'watch' => true,
7879 ];
7880
7881 /** @} */ # end actions }
7882
7883 /*************************************************************************//**
7884 * @name Robot (search engine crawler) policy
7885 * See also $wgNoFollowLinks.
7886 * @{
7887 */
7888
7889 /**
7890 * Default robot policy. The default policy is to encourage indexing and fol-
7891 * lowing of links. It may be overridden on a per-namespace and/or per-page
7892 * basis.
7893 */
7894 $wgDefaultRobotPolicy = 'index,follow';
7895
7896 /**
7897 * Robot policies per namespaces. The default policy is given above, the array
7898 * is made of namespace constants as defined in includes/Defines.php. You can-
7899 * not specify a different default policy for NS_SPECIAL: it is always noindex,
7900 * nofollow. This is because a number of special pages (e.g., ListPages) have
7901 * many permutations of options that display the same data under redundant
7902 * URLs, so search engine spiders risk getting lost in a maze of twisty special
7903 * pages, all alike, and never reaching your actual content.
7904 *
7905 * @par Example:
7906 * @code
7907 * $wgNamespaceRobotPolicies = [ NS_TALK => 'noindex' ];
7908 * @endcode
7909 */
7910 $wgNamespaceRobotPolicies = [];
7911
7912 /**
7913 * Robot policies per article. These override the per-namespace robot policies.
7914 * Must be in the form of an array where the key part is a properly canonicalised
7915 * text form title and the value is a robot policy.
7916 *
7917 * @par Example:
7918 * @code
7919 * $wgArticleRobotPolicies = [
7920 * 'Main Page' => 'noindex,follow',
7921 * 'User:Bob' => 'index,follow',
7922 * ];
7923 * @endcode
7924 *
7925 * @par Example that DOES NOT WORK because the names are not canonical text
7926 * forms:
7927 * @code
7928 * $wgArticleRobotPolicies = [
7929 * # Underscore, not space!
7930 * 'Main_Page' => 'noindex,follow',
7931 * # "Project", not the actual project name!
7932 * 'Project:X' => 'index,follow',
7933 * # Needs to be "Abc", not "abc" (unless $wgCapitalLinks is false for that namespace)!
7934 * 'abc' => 'noindex,nofollow'
7935 * ];
7936 * @endcode
7937 */
7938 $wgArticleRobotPolicies = [];
7939
7940 /**
7941 * An array of namespace keys in which the __INDEX__/__NOINDEX__ magic words
7942 * will not function, so users can't decide whether pages in that namespace are
7943 * indexed by search engines. If set to null, default to $wgContentNamespaces.
7944 *
7945 * @par Example:
7946 * @code
7947 * $wgExemptFromUserRobotsControl = [ NS_MAIN, NS_TALK, NS_PROJECT ];
7948 * @endcode
7949 */
7950 $wgExemptFromUserRobotsControl = null;
7951
7952 /** @} */ # End robot policy }
7953
7954 /************************************************************************//**
7955 * @name AJAX and API
7956 * Note: The AJAX entry point which this section refers to is gradually being
7957 * replaced by the API entry point, api.php. They are essentially equivalent.
7958 * Both of them are used for dynamic client-side features, via XHR.
7959 * @{
7960 */
7961
7962 /**
7963 * Enable the MediaWiki API for convenient access to
7964 * machine-readable data via api.php
7965 *
7966 * See https://www.mediawiki.org/wiki/API
7967 */
7968 $wgEnableAPI = true;
7969
7970 /**
7971 * Allow the API to be used to perform write operations
7972 * (page edits, rollback, etc.) when an authorised user
7973 * accesses it
7974 */
7975 $wgEnableWriteAPI = true;
7976
7977 /**
7978 *
7979 * WARNING: SECURITY THREAT - debug use only
7980 *
7981 * Disables many security checks in the API for debugging purposes.
7982 * This flag should never be used on the production servers, as it introduces
7983 * a number of potential security holes. Even when enabled, the validation
7984 * will still be performed, but instead of failing, API will return a warning.
7985 * Also, there will always be a warning notifying that this flag is set.
7986 * At this point, the flag allows GET requests to go through for modules
7987 * requiring POST.
7988 *
7989 * @since 1.21
7990 */
7991 $wgDebugAPI = false;
7992
7993 /**
7994 * API module extensions.
7995 *
7996 * Associative array mapping module name to modules specs;
7997 * Each module spec is an associative array containing at least
7998 * the 'class' key for the module's class, and optionally a
7999 * 'factory' key for the factory function to use for the module.
8000 *
8001 * That factory function will be called with two parameters,
8002 * the parent module (an instance of ApiBase, usually ApiMain)
8003 * and the name the module was registered under. The return
8004 * value must be an instance of the class given in the 'class'
8005 * field.
8006 *
8007 * For backward compatibility, the module spec may also be a
8008 * simple string containing the module's class name. In that
8009 * case, the class' constructor will be called with the parent
8010 * module and module name as parameters, as described above.
8011 *
8012 * Examples for registering API modules:
8013 *
8014 * @code
8015 * $wgAPIModules['foo'] = 'ApiFoo';
8016 * $wgAPIModules['bar'] = [
8017 * 'class' => 'ApiBar',
8018 * 'factory' => function( $main, $name ) { ... }
8019 * ];
8020 * $wgAPIModules['xyzzy'] = [
8021 * 'class' => 'ApiXyzzy',
8022 * 'factory' => [ 'XyzzyFactory', 'newApiModule' ]
8023 * ];
8024 * @endcode
8025 *
8026 * Extension modules may override the core modules.
8027 * See ApiMain::$Modules for a list of the core modules.
8028 */
8029 $wgAPIModules = [];
8030
8031 /**
8032 * API format module extensions.
8033 * Associative array mapping format module name to module specs (see $wgAPIModules).
8034 * Extension modules may override the core modules.
8035 *
8036 * See ApiMain::$Formats for a list of the core format modules.
8037 */
8038 $wgAPIFormatModules = [];
8039
8040 /**
8041 * API Query meta module extensions.
8042 * Associative array mapping meta module name to module specs (see $wgAPIModules).
8043 * Extension modules may override the core modules.
8044 *
8045 * See ApiQuery::$QueryMetaModules for a list of the core meta modules.
8046 */
8047 $wgAPIMetaModules = [];
8048
8049 /**
8050 * API Query prop module extensions.
8051 * Associative array mapping prop module name to module specs (see $wgAPIModules).
8052 * Extension modules may override the core modules.
8053 *
8054 * See ApiQuery::$QueryPropModules for a list of the core prop modules.
8055 */
8056 $wgAPIPropModules = [];
8057
8058 /**
8059 * API Query list module extensions.
8060 * Associative array mapping list module name to module specs (see $wgAPIModules).
8061 * Extension modules may override the core modules.
8062 *
8063 * See ApiQuery::$QueryListModules for a list of the core list modules.
8064 */
8065 $wgAPIListModules = [];
8066
8067 /**
8068 * Maximum amount of rows to scan in a DB query in the API
8069 * The default value is generally fine
8070 */
8071 $wgAPIMaxDBRows = 5000;
8072
8073 /**
8074 * The maximum size (in bytes) of an API result.
8075 * @warning Do not set this lower than $wgMaxArticleSize*1024
8076 */
8077 $wgAPIMaxResultSize = 8388608;
8078
8079 /**
8080 * The maximum number of uncached diffs that can be retrieved in one API
8081 * request. Set this to 0 to disable API diffs altogether
8082 */
8083 $wgAPIMaxUncachedDiffs = 1;
8084
8085 /**
8086 * Maximum amount of DB lag on a majority of DB replica DBs to tolerate
8087 * before forcing bots to retry any write requests via API errors.
8088 * This should be lower than the 'max lag' value in $wgLBFactoryConf.
8089 */
8090 $wgAPIMaxLagThreshold = 7;
8091
8092 /**
8093 * Log file or URL (TCP or UDP) to log API requests to, or false to disable
8094 * API request logging
8095 */
8096 $wgAPIRequestLog = false;
8097
8098 /**
8099 * Set the timeout for the API help text cache. If set to 0, caching disabled
8100 */
8101 $wgAPICacheHelpTimeout = 60 * 60;
8102
8103 /**
8104 * The ApiQueryQueryPages module should skip pages that are redundant to true
8105 * API queries.
8106 */
8107 $wgAPIUselessQueryPages = [
8108 'MIMEsearch', // aiprop=mime
8109 'LinkSearch', // list=exturlusage
8110 'FileDuplicateSearch', // prop=duplicatefiles
8111 ];
8112
8113 /**
8114 * Enable AJAX framework
8115 */
8116 $wgUseAjax = true;
8117
8118 /**
8119 * List of Ajax-callable functions.
8120 * Extensions acting as Ajax callbacks must register here
8121 * @deprecated (officially) since 1.27; use the API instead
8122 */
8123 $wgAjaxExportList = [];
8124
8125 /**
8126 * Enable AJAX check for file overwrite, pre-upload
8127 */
8128 $wgAjaxUploadDestCheck = true;
8129
8130 /**
8131 * Enable previewing licences via AJAX. Also requires $wgEnableAPI to be true.
8132 */
8133 $wgAjaxLicensePreview = true;
8134
8135 /**
8136 * Have clients send edits to be prepared when filling in edit summaries.
8137 * This gives the server a head start on the expensive parsing operation.
8138 */
8139 $wgAjaxEditStash = true;
8140
8141 /**
8142 * Settings for incoming cross-site AJAX requests:
8143 * Newer browsers support cross-site AJAX when the target resource allows requests
8144 * from the origin domain by the Access-Control-Allow-Origin header.
8145 * This is currently only used by the API (requests to api.php)
8146 * $wgCrossSiteAJAXdomains can be set using a wildcard syntax:
8147 *
8148 * - '*' matches any number of characters
8149 * - '?' matches any 1 character
8150 *
8151 * @par Example:
8152 * @code
8153 * $wgCrossSiteAJAXdomains = [
8154 * 'www.mediawiki.org',
8155 * '*.wikipedia.org',
8156 * '*.wikimedia.org',
8157 * '*.wiktionary.org',
8158 * ];
8159 * @endcode
8160 */
8161 $wgCrossSiteAJAXdomains = [];
8162
8163 /**
8164 * Domains that should not be allowed to make AJAX requests,
8165 * even if they match one of the domains allowed by $wgCrossSiteAJAXdomains
8166 * Uses the same syntax as $wgCrossSiteAJAXdomains
8167 */
8168 $wgCrossSiteAJAXdomainExceptions = [];
8169
8170 /** @} */ # End AJAX and API }
8171
8172 /************************************************************************//**
8173 * @name Shell and process control
8174 * @{
8175 */
8176
8177 /**
8178 * Maximum amount of virtual memory available to shell processes under linux, in KB.
8179 */
8180 $wgMaxShellMemory = 307200;
8181
8182 /**
8183 * Maximum file size created by shell processes under linux, in KB
8184 * ImageMagick convert for example can be fairly hungry for scratch space
8185 */
8186 $wgMaxShellFileSize = 102400;
8187
8188 /**
8189 * Maximum CPU time in seconds for shell processes under Linux
8190 */
8191 $wgMaxShellTime = 180;
8192
8193 /**
8194 * Maximum wall clock time (i.e. real time, of the kind the clock on the wall
8195 * would measure) in seconds for shell processes under Linux
8196 */
8197 $wgMaxShellWallClockTime = 180;
8198
8199 /**
8200 * Under Linux: a cgroup directory used to constrain memory usage of shell
8201 * commands. The directory must be writable by the user which runs MediaWiki.
8202 *
8203 * If specified, this is used instead of ulimit, which is inaccurate, and
8204 * causes malloc() to return NULL, which exposes bugs in C applications, making
8205 * them segfault or deadlock.
8206 *
8207 * A wrapper script will create a cgroup for each shell command that runs, as
8208 * a subgroup of the specified cgroup. If the memory limit is exceeded, the
8209 * kernel will send a SIGKILL signal to a process in the subgroup.
8210 *
8211 * @par Example:
8212 * @code
8213 * mkdir -p /sys/fs/cgroup/memory/mediawiki
8214 * mkdir -m 0777 /sys/fs/cgroup/memory/mediawiki/job
8215 * echo '$wgShellCgroup = "/sys/fs/cgroup/memory/mediawiki/job";' >> LocalSettings.php
8216 * @endcode
8217 *
8218 * The reliability of cgroup cleanup can be improved by installing a
8219 * notify_on_release script in the root cgroup, see e.g.
8220 * https://gerrit.wikimedia.org/r/#/c/40784
8221 */
8222 $wgShellCgroup = false;
8223
8224 /**
8225 * Executable path of the PHP cli binary (php/php5). Should be set up on install.
8226 */
8227 $wgPhpCli = '/usr/bin/php';
8228
8229 /**
8230 * Locale for LC_ALL, to provide a known environment for locale-sensitive operations
8231 *
8232 * For Unix-like operating systems, this should be set to C.UTF-8 or an
8233 * equivalent to provide the most consistent behavior for locale-sensitive
8234 * C library operations across different-language wikis. If that locale is not
8235 * available, use another locale that has a UTF-8 character set.
8236 *
8237 * This setting mainly affects the behavior of C library functions, including:
8238 * - String collation (order when sorting using locale-sensitive comparison)
8239 * - For example, whether "Å" and "A" are considered to be the same letter or
8240 * different letters and if different whether it comes after "A" or after
8241 * "Z", and whether sorting is case sensitive.
8242 * - String character set (how characters beyond basic ASCII are represented)
8243 * - We need this to be a UTF-8 character set to work around
8244 * https://bugs.php.net/bug.php?id=45132
8245 * - Language used for low-level error messages.
8246 * - Formatting of date/time and numeric values (e.g. '.' versus ',' as the
8247 * decimal separator)
8248 *
8249 * MediaWiki provides its own methods and classes to perform many
8250 * locale-sensitive operations, which are designed to be able to vary locale
8251 * based on wiki language or user preference:
8252 * - MediaWiki's Collation class should generally be used instead of the C
8253 * library collation functions when locale-sensitive sorting is needed.
8254 * - MediaWiki's Message class should be used for localization of messages
8255 * displayed to the user.
8256 * - MediaWiki's Language class should be used for formatting numeric and
8257 * date/time values.
8258 *
8259 * @note If multiple wikis are being served from the same process (e.g. the
8260 * same fastCGI or Apache server), this setting must be the same on all those
8261 * wikis.
8262 */
8263 $wgShellLocale = 'C.UTF-8';
8264
8265 /** @} */ # End shell }
8266
8267 /************************************************************************//**
8268 * @name HTTP client
8269 * @{
8270 */
8271
8272 /**
8273 * Timeout for HTTP requests done internally, in seconds.
8274 */
8275 $wgHTTPTimeout = 25;
8276
8277 /**
8278 * Timeout for HTTP requests done internally for transwiki imports, in seconds.
8279 * @since 1.29
8280 */
8281 $wgHTTPImportTimeout = 25;
8282
8283 /**
8284 * Timeout for Asynchronous (background) HTTP requests, in seconds.
8285 */
8286 $wgAsyncHTTPTimeout = 25;
8287
8288 /**
8289 * Proxy to use for CURL requests.
8290 */
8291 $wgHTTPProxy = false;
8292
8293 /**
8294 * Local virtual hosts.
8295 *
8296 * This lists domains that are configured as virtual hosts on the same machine.
8297 *
8298 * This affects the following:
8299 * - MWHttpRequest: If a request is to be made to a domain listed here, or any
8300 * subdomain thereof, then no proxy will be used.
8301 * Command-line scripts are not affected by this setting and will always use
8302 * the proxy if it is configured.
8303 * - ChronologyProtector: Decide to shutdown LBFactory asynchronously instead
8304 * synchronously if the current response redirects to a local virtual host.
8305 *
8306 * @since 1.25
8307 */
8308 $wgLocalVirtualHosts = [];
8309
8310 /**
8311 * Timeout for connections done internally (in seconds)
8312 * Only works for curl
8313 */
8314 $wgHTTPConnectTimeout = 5e0;
8315
8316 /** @} */ # End HTTP client }
8317
8318 /************************************************************************//**
8319 * @name Job queue
8320 * @{
8321 */
8322
8323 /**
8324 * Number of jobs to perform per request. May be less than one in which case
8325 * jobs are performed probabalistically. If this is zero, jobs will not be done
8326 * during ordinary apache requests. In this case, maintenance/runJobs.php should
8327 * be run periodically.
8328 */
8329 $wgJobRunRate = 1;
8330
8331 /**
8332 * When $wgJobRunRate > 0, try to run jobs asynchronously, spawning a new process
8333 * to handle the job execution, instead of blocking the request until the job
8334 * execution finishes.
8335 *
8336 * @since 1.23
8337 */
8338 $wgRunJobsAsync = false;
8339
8340 /**
8341 * Number of rows to update per job
8342 */
8343 $wgUpdateRowsPerJob = 300;
8344
8345 /**
8346 * Number of rows to update per query
8347 */
8348 $wgUpdateRowsPerQuery = 100;
8349
8350 /** @} */ # End job queue }
8351
8352 /************************************************************************//**
8353 * @name Miscellaneous
8354 * @{
8355 */
8356
8357 /**
8358 * Name of the external diff engine to use. Supported values:
8359 * * string: path to an external diff executable
8360 * * false: wikidiff2 PHP/HHVM module if installed, otherwise the default PHP implementation
8361 * * 'wikidiff', 'wikidiff2', and 'wikidiff3' are treated as false for backwards compatibility
8362 */
8363 $wgExternalDiffEngine = false;
8364
8365 /**
8366 * wikidiff2 supports detection of changes in moved paragraphs.
8367 * This setting controls the maximum number of paragraphs to compare before it bails out.
8368 * Supported values:
8369 * * 0: detection of moved paragraphs is disabled
8370 * * int > 0: maximum number of paragraphs to compare
8371 * Note: number of paragraph comparisons is in O(n^2).
8372 * This setting is only effective if the wikidiff2 PHP/HHVM module is used as diffengine.
8373 * See $wgExternalDiffEngine.
8374 *
8375 * @since 1.30
8376 */
8377 $wgWikiDiff2MovedParagraphDetectionCutoff = 0;
8378
8379 /**
8380 * Disable redirects to special pages and interwiki redirects, which use a 302
8381 * and have no "redirected from" link.
8382 *
8383 * @note This is only for articles with #REDIRECT in them. URL's containing a
8384 * local interwiki prefix (or a non-canonical special page name) are still hard
8385 * redirected regardless of this setting.
8386 */
8387 $wgDisableHardRedirects = false;
8388
8389 /**
8390 * LinkHolderArray batch size
8391 * For debugging
8392 */
8393 $wgLinkHolderBatchSize = 1000;
8394
8395 /**
8396 * By default MediaWiki does not register links pointing to same server in
8397 * externallinks dataset, use this value to override:
8398 */
8399 $wgRegisterInternalExternals = false;
8400
8401 /**
8402 * Maximum number of pages to move at once when moving subpages with a page.
8403 */
8404 $wgMaximumMovedPages = 100;
8405
8406 /**
8407 * Fix double redirects after a page move.
8408 * Tends to conflict with page move vandalism, use only on a private wiki.
8409 */
8410 $wgFixDoubleRedirects = false;
8411
8412 /**
8413 * Allow redirection to another page when a user logs in.
8414 * To enable, set to a string like 'Main Page'
8415 */
8416 $wgRedirectOnLogin = null;
8417
8418 /**
8419 * Configuration for processing pool control, for use in high-traffic wikis.
8420 * An implementation is provided in the PoolCounter extension.
8421 *
8422 * This configuration array maps pool types to an associative array. The only
8423 * defined key in the associative array is "class", which gives the class name.
8424 * The remaining elements are passed through to the class as constructor
8425 * parameters.
8426 *
8427 * @par Example using local redis instance:
8428 * @code
8429 * $wgPoolCounterConf = [ 'ArticleView' => [
8430 * 'class' => 'PoolCounterRedis',
8431 * 'timeout' => 15, // wait timeout in seconds
8432 * 'workers' => 1, // maximum number of active threads in each pool
8433 * 'maxqueue' => 5, // maximum number of total threads in each pool
8434 * 'servers' => [ '127.0.0.1' ],
8435 * 'redisConfig' => []
8436 * ] ];
8437 * @endcode
8438 *
8439 * @par Example using C daemon from https://www.mediawiki.org/wiki/Extension:PoolCounter:
8440 * @code
8441 * $wgPoolCounterConf = [ 'ArticleView' => [
8442 * 'class' => 'PoolCounter_Client',
8443 * 'timeout' => 15, // wait timeout in seconds
8444 * 'workers' => 5, // maximum number of active threads in each pool
8445 * 'maxqueue' => 50, // maximum number of total threads in each pool
8446 * ... any extension-specific options...
8447 * ] ];
8448 * @endcode
8449 */
8450 $wgPoolCounterConf = null;
8451
8452 /**
8453 * To disable file delete/restore temporarily
8454 */
8455 $wgUploadMaintenance = false;
8456
8457 /**
8458 * Associative array mapping namespace IDs to the name of the content model pages in that namespace
8459 * should have by default (use the CONTENT_MODEL_XXX constants). If no special content type is
8460 * defined for a given namespace, pages in that namespace will use the CONTENT_MODEL_WIKITEXT
8461 * (except for the special case of JS and CS pages).
8462 *
8463 * @since 1.21
8464 */
8465 $wgNamespaceContentModels = [];
8466
8467 /**
8468 * How to react if a plain text version of a non-text Content object is requested using
8469 * ContentHandler::getContentText():
8470 *
8471 * * 'ignore': return null
8472 * * 'fail': throw an MWException
8473 * * 'serialize': serialize to default format
8474 *
8475 * @since 1.21
8476 */
8477 $wgContentHandlerTextFallback = 'ignore';
8478
8479 /**
8480 * Set to false to disable use of the database fields introduced by the ContentHandler facility.
8481 * This way, the ContentHandler facility can be used without any additional information in the
8482 * database. A page's content model is then derived solely from the page's title. This however
8483 * means that changing a page's default model (e.g. using $wgNamespaceContentModels) will break
8484 * the page and/or make the content inaccessible. This also means that pages can not be moved to
8485 * a title that would default to a different content model.
8486 *
8487 * Overall, with $wgContentHandlerUseDB = false, no database updates are needed, but content
8488 * handling is less robust and less flexible.
8489 *
8490 * @since 1.21
8491 */
8492 $wgContentHandlerUseDB = true;
8493
8494 /**
8495 * Determines which types of text are parsed as wikitext. This does not imply that these kinds
8496 * of texts are also rendered as wikitext, it only means that links, magic words, etc will have
8497 * the effect on the database they would have on a wikitext page.
8498 *
8499 * @todo On the long run, it would be nice to put categories etc into a separate structure,
8500 * or at least parse only the contents of comments in the scripts.
8501 *
8502 * @since 1.21
8503 */
8504 $wgTextModelsToParse = [
8505 CONTENT_MODEL_WIKITEXT, // Just for completeness, wikitext will always be parsed.
8506 CONTENT_MODEL_JAVASCRIPT, // Make categories etc work, people put them into comments.
8507 CONTENT_MODEL_CSS, // Make categories etc work, people put them into comments.
8508 ];
8509
8510 /**
8511 * Register handlers for specific types of sites.
8512 *
8513 * @since 1.20
8514 */
8515 $wgSiteTypes = [
8516 'mediawiki' => 'MediaWikiSite',
8517 ];
8518
8519 /**
8520 * Whether the page_props table has a pp_sortkey column. Set to false in case
8521 * the respective database schema change was not applied.
8522 * @since 1.23
8523 */
8524 $wgPagePropsHaveSortkey = true;
8525
8526 /**
8527 * Port where you have HTTPS running
8528 * Supports HTTPS on non-standard ports
8529 * @see T67184
8530 * @since 1.24
8531 */
8532 $wgHttpsPort = 443;
8533
8534 /**
8535 * Secret for session storage.
8536 * This should be set in LocalSettings.php, otherwise wgSecretKey will
8537 * be used.
8538 * @since 1.27
8539 */
8540 $wgSessionSecret = false;
8541
8542 /**
8543 * If for some reason you can't install the PHP OpenSSL or mcrypt extensions,
8544 * you can set this to true to make MediaWiki work again at the cost of storing
8545 * sensitive session data insecurely. But it would be much more secure to just
8546 * install the OpenSSL extension.
8547 * @since 1.27
8548 */
8549 $wgSessionInsecureSecrets = false;
8550
8551 /**
8552 * Secret for hmac-based key derivation function (fast,
8553 * cryptographically secure random numbers).
8554 * This should be set in LocalSettings.php, otherwise wgSecretKey will
8555 * be used.
8556 * See also: $wgHKDFAlgorithm
8557 * @since 1.24
8558 */
8559 $wgHKDFSecret = false;
8560
8561 /**
8562 * Algorithm for hmac-based key derivation function (fast,
8563 * cryptographically secure random numbers).
8564 * See also: $wgHKDFSecret
8565 * @since 1.24
8566 */
8567 $wgHKDFAlgorithm = 'sha256';
8568
8569 /**
8570 * Enable page language feature
8571 * Allows setting page language in database
8572 * @var bool
8573 * @since 1.24
8574 */
8575 $wgPageLanguageUseDB = false;
8576
8577 /**
8578 * Global configuration variable for Virtual REST Services.
8579 *
8580 * Use the 'path' key to define automatically mounted services. The value for this
8581 * key is a map of path prefixes to service configuration. The latter is an array of:
8582 * - class : the fully qualified class name
8583 * - options : map of arguments to the class constructor
8584 * Such services will be available to handle queries under their path from the VRS
8585 * singleton, e.g. MediaWikiServices::getInstance()->getVirtualRESTServiceClient();
8586 *
8587 * Auto-mounting example for Parsoid:
8588 *
8589 * $wgVirtualRestConfig['paths']['/parsoid/'] = [
8590 * 'class' => 'ParsoidVirtualRESTService',
8591 * 'options' => [
8592 * 'url' => 'http://localhost:8000',
8593 * 'prefix' => 'enwiki',
8594 * 'domain' => 'en.wikipedia.org'
8595 * ]
8596 * ];
8597 *
8598 * Parameters for different services can also be declared inside the 'modules' value,
8599 * which is to be treated as an associative array. The parameters in 'global' will be
8600 * merged with service-specific ones. The result will then be passed to
8601 * VirtualRESTService::__construct() in the module.
8602 *
8603 * Example config for Parsoid:
8604 *
8605 * $wgVirtualRestConfig['modules']['parsoid'] = [
8606 * 'url' => 'http://localhost:8000',
8607 * 'prefix' => 'enwiki',
8608 * 'domain' => 'en.wikipedia.org',
8609 * ];
8610 *
8611 * @var array
8612 * @since 1.25
8613 */
8614 $wgVirtualRestConfig = [
8615 'paths' => [],
8616 'modules' => [],
8617 'global' => [
8618 # Timeout in seconds
8619 'timeout' => 360,
8620 # 'domain' is set to $wgCanonicalServer in Setup.php
8621 'forwardCookies' => false,
8622 'HTTPProxy' => null
8623 ]
8624 ];
8625
8626 /**
8627 * Controls whether zero-result search queries with suggestions should display results for
8628 * these suggestions.
8629 *
8630 * @var bool
8631 * @since 1.26
8632 */
8633 $wgSearchRunSuggestedQuery = true;
8634
8635 /**
8636 * Where popular password file is located.
8637 *
8638 * Default in core contains 10,000 most popular. This config
8639 * allows you to change which file, in case you want to generate
8640 * a password file with > 10000 entries in it.
8641 *
8642 * @see maintenance/createCommonPasswordCdb.php
8643 * @since 1.27
8644 * @var string path to file
8645 */
8646 $wgPopularPasswordFile = __DIR__ . '/../serialized/commonpasswords.cdb';
8647
8648 /*
8649 * Max time (in seconds) a user-generated transaction can spend in writes.
8650 * If exceeded, the transaction is rolled back with an error instead of being committed.
8651 *
8652 * @var int|bool Disabled if false
8653 * @since 1.27
8654 */
8655 $wgMaxUserDBWriteDuration = false;
8656
8657 /*
8658 * Max time (in seconds) a job-generated transaction can spend in writes.
8659 * If exceeded, the transaction is rolled back with an error instead of being committed.
8660 *
8661 * @var int|bool Disabled if false
8662 * @since 1.30
8663 */
8664 $wgMaxJobDBWriteDuration = false;
8665
8666 /**
8667 * Mapping of event channels (or channel categories) to EventRelayer configuration.
8668 *
8669 * By setting up a PubSub system (like Kafka) and enabling a corresponding EventRelayer class
8670 * that uses it, MediaWiki can broadcast events to all subscribers. Certain features like WAN
8671 * cache purging and CDN cache purging will emit events to this system. Appropriate listers can
8672 * subscribe to the channel and take actions based on the events. For example, a local daemon
8673 * can run on each CDN cache node and perfom local purges based on the URL purge channel events.
8674 *
8675 * Some extensions may want to use "channel categories" so that different channels can also share
8676 * the same custom relayer instance (e.g. when it's likely to be overriden). They can use
8677 * EventRelayerGroup::getRelayer() based on the category but call notify() on various different
8678 * actual channels. One reason for this would be that some system have very different performance
8679 * vs durability needs, so one system (e.g. Kafka) may not be suitable for all uses.
8680 *
8681 * The 'default' key is for all channels (or channel categories) without an explicit entry here.
8682 *
8683 * @since 1.27
8684 */
8685 $wgEventRelayerConfig = [
8686 'default' => [
8687 'class' => 'EventRelayerNull',
8688 ]
8689 ];
8690
8691 /**
8692 * Share data about this installation with MediaWiki developers
8693 *
8694 * When set to true, MediaWiki will periodically ping https://www.mediawiki.org/ with basic
8695 * data about this MediaWiki instance. This data includes, for example, the type of system,
8696 * PHP version, and chosen database backend. The Wikimedia Foundation shares this data with
8697 * MediaWiki developers to help guide future development efforts.
8698 *
8699 * For details about what data is sent, see: https://www.mediawiki.org/wiki/Manual:$wgPingback
8700 *
8701 * @var bool
8702 * @since 1.28
8703 */
8704 $wgPingback = false;
8705
8706 /**
8707 * List of urls which appear often to be triggering CSP reports
8708 * but do not appear to be caused by actual content, but by client
8709 * software inserting scripts (i.e. Ad-Ware).
8710 * List based on results from Wikimedia logs.
8711 *
8712 * @since 1.28
8713 */
8714 $wgCSPFalsePositiveUrls = [
8715 'https://3hub.co' => true,
8716 'https://morepro.info' => true,
8717 'https://p.ato.mx' => true,
8718 'https://s.ato.mx' => true,
8719 'https://adserver.adtech.de' => true,
8720 'https://ums.adtechus.com' => true,
8721 'https://cas.criteo.com' => true,
8722 'https://cat.nl.eu.criteo.com' => true,
8723 'https://atpixel.alephd.com' => true,
8724 'https://rtb.metrigo.com' => true,
8725 'https://d5p.de17a.com' => true,
8726 'https://ad.lkqd.net/vpaid/vpaid.js' => true,
8727 ];
8728
8729 /**
8730 * The following variables define 3 user experience levels:
8731 *
8732 * - newcomer: has not yet reached the 'learner' level
8733 *
8734 * - learner: has at least $wgLearnerEdits and has been
8735 * a member for $wgLearnerMemberSince days
8736 * but has not yet reached the 'experienced' level.
8737 *
8738 * - experienced: has at least $wgExperiencedUserEdits edits and
8739 * has been a member for $wgExperiencedUserMemberSince days.
8740 */
8741 $wgLearnerEdits = 10;
8742 $wgLearnerMemberSince = 4; # days
8743 $wgExperiencedUserEdits = 500;
8744 $wgExperiencedUserMemberSince = 30; # days
8745
8746 /**
8747 * Mapping of interwiki index prefixes to descriptors that
8748 * can be used to change the display of interwiki search results.
8749 *
8750 * Descriptors are appended to CSS classes of interwiki results
8751 * which using InterwikiSearchResultWidget.
8752 *
8753 * Predefined descriptors include the following words:
8754 * definition, textbook, news, quotation, book, travel, course
8755 *
8756 * @par Example:
8757 * @code
8758 * $wgInterwikiPrefixDisplayTypes = [
8759 * 'iwprefix' => 'definition'
8760 *];
8761 * @endcode
8762 */
8763 $wgInterwikiPrefixDisplayTypes = [];
8764
8765 /**
8766 * For really cool vim folding this needs to be at the end:
8767 * vim: foldmarker=@{,@} foldmethod=marker
8768 * @}
8769 */